2016-2017静安高三英语一模卷
静安2016英语一模答案
静安2016英语一模答案【篇一:2016-2017静安高三英语一模卷】lass=txt>高三年级英语试卷2016.12考生注意:1. 考试时间120分钟,试卷满分140分。
2. 本考试设试卷和答题纸两部分。
试卷分为第i卷和第ii卷,全卷共12页。
所有答题必须涂(选择题)或写(非选择题)在答题纸上,做在试卷上一律不得分。
3. 答题前,务必在答题纸上填写准考证号和姓名。
i. listening comprehensionsection adirections:in section a, you will hear ten short conversations between two speakers. at the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. the conversations and the questions will be spoken only once. after you hear a conversation and the question about it, read the four possible answers on your paper, and decide which one is the best answer to the question you have heard.1. a. in a library2. a. a clerk3. a.5:004. a. she lost her way.c. she lost her car.5. a. the woman would understand if she did mary?s job.b. the woman should do the typing for mary.c. the woman should work as hard as mary.d. the woman isn?t a skillful typist.6. a. he gets nervous very easily.c. he is an awful speaker.7. a. the apple pie tastes very nice.c. the apple pie can?t match his brother?s.8. a. she is not very interested in the article. b. his motherlikes the apple pie very much. d. his mother can?t make apple pies. b. he hasn?t prepared his speech well. d. he is an inexperienced speaker. b. she lost her keys. d. she lost her handbag. b. 5:15 c. 5:30 d. 5:45 b. a banker c. an operator d. a salesman b. in a bookstore c. in a hospital d. in a laboratoryb. she has given the man much trouble.c. she would like to have a copy of the article.d. she doesn?t want to take the trouble to read the article.9. a. he is not very enthusiastic about his english lessons.b. he has made great progress in his english.c. he is a student of the music department.d. he is not very interested in english songs.10. a. the man went to a wrong check-in counter.b. the man has missed the flight.c. the plane will leave at 9:14.d. the plane?s departure time remains unknown.section bdirections:in section b,you will hear two short passages and one longer conversation, and you will be asked several questions on each of the passages and longerconversation.the passages and the longer conversation will be read twice,but the questions will be spoken only once.when you hear a question,read the four possible answers on your paper and decide which one would be the best answer to the question you have heard.question 11 through 13 are based on the following passage.11. a. a basket. b. an egg. c. a cup.12. a. to let in the sunshine.c. to keep the nest cool.13. a. some are built underground.c. most are sewed with grasses.b. to serve as its door. d. an oven. d. for the bird to lay eggs. b. some use pears as their nests.c. most are dried by the sun.questions 14 through 16 are based on the following passage.14.a. south africa.15. a. it?s a trade that is driven by customer appetites.b. the latest trick seems to be promoting business.c. you can hardly resist the temptation when seeing the pictures of food.d. people have no idea in buying things. b. asia. c. europe. d. south america.16. a. young people.b. foreigners.c. local people.d. old people.question 17 through 20 are based on the following conversation.17. a. it is nice.c. it is totally silent.18. a. they are available on the last saturday of the month.b. they could work at night this month.c. they have to be paid overtime if working this month.d. they could work at weekends at normal pay.19.a. the engineer.c. the repairman.20. a. they charge a fixed fee for this service.b. they provide free maintenance for 24 hours.c. they provide free maintenance for a year.d. they provide automatic maintenance service. b. the mechanic. d. the electrician. b. it is safe and reliable. d. it is noisy.ii. grammar and vocabularysection adirections:after reading the passage below, fill in the blanks to make the passage coherent and grammatically correct. for the blanks with a given word, fill in each blank with the proper from of the given word; for the other blanks, use one word that best fits each blank.iphone 7 being investigated after surfer claims it set his car on fireapple is investigating a report from an australian man who claimed his iphone 7 caught fire and destroyed his car, the company said on friday.surfer mat jones toldchannel 7 news that he (21) __________ (go) into water off a new south wales beach and left his new iphone 7,brought last week, (22) __________ (wrap) in a pair of trousers in his car on the beach.he said that (23) __________ he returned from the water he saw smoke rising from the car.“as i looked into my car,i could not see inside the car, like all the windows were just black.”a video footage(影像) taken from another phone showed the front seats, dashboard and stick melted and charred, and jones said that he felt “pretty much like a big heat wave just came out of the car”.eventually the surfer was able to remove (24)__________ was left of his clothes. “ash was just coming from inside the pants. once the pants were unwrapped, the phone was just meltinginside.”jones said that he had not dropped the phone or physically damaged it,(25)__________ happened to a sydney man who fell off his bike and suffered burns from an iphone. he also said that he had not used (26)__________ non-apple charging device.a spokeswoman for apple said the company was investigating the complaint.“we?re in touch with the customer and we?re looking into it,” she said.lithium-ion (锂离子) batteries (27)__________ burst into flames because of physical damage or overhearing.apple?s(28)__________ (big) smartphone computer,samsung, has begun an international recall of 2.5m galaxy note 7 devicesafter more than 100 devices started smoking,sparking or caught fire -- in some cases(29)__________ (cause)fire damage and injury.several other companies, including hewlett packard, tesla and the makers of so-called “hoverboards”,have also experienced problems (30)________ their lithium-ion batteries,though the vast majority work without problems.section bdirections:complete the following passage by using the words in the box. each word can only be used once.note that there is one word more than you need.a. encourageb. commonc. uncivilizedd. immigrantse. illegalf. proposedg. panich. consumptioni. freedomj. extraordinaryk. finein late february, a mainland tourist caused a disturbance on a hong kong subway. thereason? eating in public.in hong kong it is 31.__________ to eat on the subway, and when the touristwas scolded by a hong kong local, the situation escalated(升级) into a verbal slinging match.in new york city, eating on the subway is also controversial.no law bans the practice, buta democratic state senator (参议员) introduced one last week. the32.__________ law would baneating on the subway system and 33.__________ first time violators $250 (1,579 yuan), according tothe new york times. proponents of the bill argue that eating on the subway attracts rats. otherssay the broader target should be litterbugs, rather than those who carefully sip their coffee andeat their bread onthe way to work. they also argue that street food is an important part ofnew yorks culture and history. banningits34.__________ in public areas such as the subway wouldhave negative effects.street food, and eating in public places is a deep-rooted cultural practice in cities as diverseas new york, beijing and paris. while35__________, it has been traditionally thought of as thebehavior of the lower classes. eating in public was (andin some places, still is) associated with36__________, poorer people.in the 19th century, eating in public was seen as a threat to morality andpublic health. putnams(a popular magazine at the time) stated: eating in public may cause acertain 37.__________ofmanner and disinterest in little ladies and gentlemen. it was something peoplein the victorian era did not want to 38.__________. a recent new york times articledrew a link betweenthis moral 39.__________ about street food and concern over the growing populations of irish,german,italian and jewish40.__________ who ran food carts in the 1800s.whether you love eating street food, or have to eat your breakfast on the run, its best tobeconsiderate when enjoying a bite in public.iii.reading comprehensionsection adirections:for each blank in the following passage there are four words or phrases marked a, b,c and d.fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.the two most common organizational patterns of the family are the nuclear family and theextended family. to a large extent, these patterns 41.________ a societys primary subsistence (存在)strategy.american social scientists have generally agreed that families everywhere fulfill fourcrucial social42.________ : (a) reproduction of new members, (b) child care, (c) socialization ofchildren to values, traditions, and norms of the society, and (d) intimacy and support formembers. although we can define the family 43.________ its functions, the emphasis given to each ofthem varies widely both geographically and44.________. for example, in nineteenth-centuryamerica, people married mainly to have children. today, emotionalsupport among familymembers has now become the dominant function of the family, and the family has become aneconomic unit for consumption rather than for 45.________.in recent years, social scientists have discovered important 46.________in family types, such asthe single-parent family and the nuclear family fixed within a network of kin(亲戚).americanfamilies also47.________ according to social class.a couples social class affects the number ofchildren they will decide to have, if any, and also the likelihood of 48.________to the family becauseofillness, death, or divorce. social class also influences the amount of stress a marriage is likelyto undergo and the way parents raise their children. 49.________,theextent to which americanfamilies now differ by50.________appears to be much less than it was fifty years ago. the american family has been 51.________ in a number ofways over the past few decades.many people are marrying later, having children later, and having fewer children or none at all.these social changes have 52.________ diverse household patterns, including single-personhouseholds and childless couples. role changes are also occurring as both partners pursue 53.________ and share family responsibilities. many innovative family arrangements are attempts to enhance the commitment of marriagewhile increasing individual freedom and fulfillment. in this way, families are54________ such broadsocial trends as delayed marriage, greater participation of women in the job market, and a risingrate of divorce. undoubtedly, the american family will continue to be subjected to suchpressures, but how55.________ will these future adaptations be?41. a. reflect b. change c. confirm d. replace42. a. performancesb. activities c. relations d. functions43. a. with regard to b. in terms of c.in combination withd. for the purpose of44. a. raciallyb. financially c. historically d. spiritually45. a. inhabitation b. competition c. connection d. production46. a. variations b. units c. arrangements d. characteristics47. a. develop b. extend c. differ d. evolve【篇二:2016-2017静安高三一模卷(1)】lass=txt>高三年级英语试卷2016.12考生注意:1. 考试时间120分钟,试卷满分140分。
上海市各区2016-2017年高三英语一模汇编----六选四--老师版(已经校对)
Do you have a hobby that helps you relax and unwind? For some people, there is no better way to relieve pressure than spending time in the garden. This small private area of green space can be their place of calm.__67__. A survey conducted by the Royal Horticultural Society, found that 82% of people in the UK said that gardening makes them happier. It also found that 70% of them, given the choice, would prefer to spend their working day in the garden with just 9% opting for an office.For those with green fingers, the pleasure of gardening comes from getting out in the fresh air, in all weathers and communing with nature -- even if there are a few too many worms! It can also be seen as a sort of digital-detox -- time away from technology. __68__.Dr Christopher Lowry, a neuroscientist at the University of Colorado, injected a bacterium commonly found in soil into mice to see what affection this would have on them. __69__. When we dig in soil we absorb this bacterium through our lungs or cuts in our skin, so Dr Lowry concluded that since the mice seemed happier when treated with soil bacteria, it’s likely we would be, too.__70__. There’s evidence that recovering alcoholics who have been given the opportunity to plant, grow, and even sell their produce, have managed to stop their addictive habits. Scot Stephenson, for example, got dismissed from school and started a vocational qualification in gardening. He says, “I got my NVQ level 2 which is my first qualification and enjoyed it ever since.”Whatever the reason, there are many therapeutic benefits to getting your hands dirty, doing some physical hard work and then watching your garden grow. Does this sound like your idea of fun?67-70: DFACWould You B ully(欺负) a Driverless Car or Show It Respect?Say you’re driving down a two-way street and there’s a truck unloading a delivery in the opposite lane. The oncoming traffic needs to pull out into your lane to overtake.What do you do?___67___ Eventually one of us feels charitable and slows down to allow the oncoming car to overtake and give permission with a quick flash of headlights or a wave of the hand.But what if the car waiting patiently behind the parked truck is a driverless or autonomous vehicle (AV)? Will this robot car be able to understand what you mean when you flash your lights or wave your hands?Its sensors could decide that it’s only safe to overtake when there’s no oncoming traffic at all. On a busy road at school home time, this may be never, leading to increasingly angry drivers queuing behind. ___68___ This is one of the conclusions to be drawn from research carried out by Dr Chris Tennant of the psychological and behavioural science department at the London School of Economics.His Europe-wide survey finds that nearly two-thirds of drivers think machines won’t have enough common sense to interact with human drivers, and more than two-fifths think a robot car would remain stuck behind ourassumedparked truck for a long time.Driving isn’t just about technology and engineering, it’s about human interactions and psychology. The road is a social space. ___69___ “If you view the road as a social space, you willconsciously negotiate your journey with other drivers. People who like that negotiation process appear to feel less comfortabl e engaging with AVs than with human drivers,” says Mr Tennant in his report.___70___ A statistic often trotted out(动不动就搬出) is that human error is responsible for more than 90% of accidents, with our tendency to road anger, tiredness and lack of concentration. 67-70 AFBETen years ago, after 2 years as a postdoc (博士后), I found myself wondering whether I should take a different road. Up to that point, I had stuck to a pretty traditional path investigating cancer genetics, but I was losing interest in the research. At the same time, federal funding had flattened, which added to my dissatisfaction. ___67___ Then came the hard part: identifying a new career that would nurture my passion for science and allow me to make an impact with my work.As I was considering my options, I found inspiration in my first graduate school research tutor, whose work r eminded me that scientists’ efforts away from the bench can be incredibly powerful. But I still didn’t know exactly what I should do. ___68___ A colleague mentioned that a professor at a nearby 2-year college was training students to produce monoclonal antibodies for labs on campus. I was impressed that the professor had taken on this type of ambitious project with relatively inexperienced students. Curious to find out more, I set up a meeting with John and was struck by his sincerity and the way he prioritized student training above grants, publications, and personal ambition. I could also see his passion for teaching, which reminded me of the dreamto become a high school biology teacher.__69___ I found a faculty position and joined John at the same quiet junior college. Now, I effectively hold two positions: classroom instructor and research co-adviser of 15 inexperienced but eager undergraduates. Both roles give me a chance to help students transform themselves, which is enormously rewarding.___70___ It’s discouraging when others see both my students and me as less worthy because we are not at universities. We sometimes struggle to get access to federal funding, scientific conferences, and other resources and opportunities. My pay is below the standard at 4-year research institutions, even though my teaching workload is greater. But my occasional frustration is relieved by the thought of the students, who I have helped train.Looking back at these 10 years, I realize how much my work on this campus has helped me grow, both as an academic and a tutor. I’m grateful that I stepped away from a traditional career path and found a way to serve both the student and research communities in my own way, modest though it may be.67—70 EBFAZoos have existed since ancient times and were features of the great courts of Egypt and China. The display of unusual animals form foreign countries was, for a long time, a show of wealth and power. Today, zoos focus on the preservation of animals species and the education ofthe public. __67___Some animals are distinctly unsuited for life in a zoo, however noble the aims of the organization. Keeping elephant in captivity (囚禁) has long caused argument among animals rights activists. Elephant in the wild wander constantly, covering a wide territory on a daily basis. In captivity, they have no choice but to stand still for long periods of time. ___68____. Yet elephants are a threatened species in their native environments and are heavily caught for ivory(象牙),leather and meat illegally. To protect the species form the wild due to injury or abandonment.___69___. The chances are, if a zoo has nothing but cement floors and metal enclosures, the animals will not do as well. Many famous zoos now construct enclosures allowing animals freedom of movement and native vegetation. Some zoos have even begun housing species of animals together that normally interact in the wild, such as certain types of monkeys.Zoos are not a perfect solution for preservation.____70___. They are undeniably helpful in repopulating declining animal species and encouraging a preservationist outlook, but they are unquestionably primary in their treatment of some animals. Hopefully, animal activists and zoo advocates will continue to work together, finding ways to create the best environment for captive animals in breeding and repopulation efforts.67-70 CEDAA few years ago, a Finnish app took the mobile gaming world by storm. Its set-up was simpleand its idea illogical: Angry Birds was little more than a shooting game, with birds instead of bullets and green pigs in place of targets. 67 Shortly after Angry Birds took off, audiences found a new distraction in Fruit Ninja, a game where the object was to chop falling produce. Then there was Candy Crush, where players could save a candy kingdom by matching like-colored bonbons.68 That was their charm, after all: They were knowingly ridiculous or illogical, an attack into mindless amusement. In games like Angry Birds, players found an escape from reality. All they had to do is resign themselves to the logic of the game, a world of simple cause-and-effect: Slingshot a bird, kill a pig, score points.Fast forward to 2016, and there's now an Angry Birds movie, here to fill you in on all the details you never wished to know. The birds have been given personalities, motives and back-stories, and so have the evil green pigs. Meanwhile, the game's nonsense had to be made sense of due to a necessary plot for a movie. Logic replaced illogic. Angry Birds is not alone in having its gray areas sketched in for the big screen. Hollywood has made an industry of answering the questions no one ever thought to ask; to the point of even giving a brand of toy blocks its own story in 2014’s The Lego Movie. Countless secondary characters have also been pulled from the sidelines and given their own opportunities to show on the screen. That includes the forgetful blue fish Dory from 2003’s Finding Nemo. 69 Viewers no longer have the luxury of imagining back-stories for their favorite characters, or debating the open-ended questions in a film’s source materials: An endless flow of prequels(前传), sequels(续传) and spin-offs(衍生产品) fill in those blanks for them.70 They'll know. Everything will be determined for them: According to the movie, the main bird Red gets picked on for his bushy eyebrows, and that leaves him feeling isolated and, well, angry. In some ways, Hollywood has taken on the role of fan fiction writers, by expanding and exploring every corner of its fictional universes. But when these universes expand too widely, what will be left to imagine?67-70:CE FAIn so many ways, cyberspace(网络空间) mirrors the real world. People ask for information, play games, and share hobby tips. Others buy and sell products. Still others look for friendship, or even love.Unlike the real world, however, your knowledge about a person is limited to words on a computer screen. Identity and appearance mean very little in cyberspace. ____67____ So even the shyest person can become a chat-room star.Usually, this "faceless" communication doesn't create problems. Identity doesn't really matter when you’re in a chat room discussing politics or hobbies. In fact, this emphasis on the idea themselves makes the Internet a great place for exciting conversation. Where else can so many people come together to chat about their interests?____68____ They are looking for serious love relationships. Is cyberspace a good place to find love? That answer depends on whom you ask. Some of these relationships actually succeed. Others fail miserably.Supporters of online relationships claim that the Internet allows couples to get to know each other intellectually first. Personal appearance doesn't get in the way.But critics of online relationships argue that no one can truly know another person in cyberspace. Why? Because the Internet gives users a lot of control over how others view them. Internet users can carefully craft their words to fit whatever image they want to give. And they don't have to worry about what their “faceless” communication is doing for their image. ____69____All of this may be fine if the relationship stays in cyberspace. But not knowing a person is a big problem in a love relationship. ____70____ This inevitably leads to disappointment when couples meet in person. How someone imagines an online friend is often quite different from thereal person.So, before looking for love in cyberspace, remember the advice of Internet pioneer Clifford Stoll: "Life in the real world is far richer than anything you'll find on a computer screen67-70 BFACNo matter how early she went to bed, Maggie couldn't fall asleep until the early hours. Though constantly exhausted, Maggie got good grades in school, but she often got in trouble for napping during her morning classes.After graduating from college, Maggie realized her dream of becoming a teacher. However, waking up for her 8:30 a.m. classes turned her into a zombie (无生气的人) , and she lost her job because she lacked enthusiasm.Maggie isn’t lazy. She suffers from delayed sleep phase syndrome (DSPS,睡眠相位后移症候群)----a disorder that affects one in 750 adults that causes them to be somewhat nocturnal (夜间活动的). DSPS is often confused with insomnia(失眠),perhaps because sufferers seem tired duringthe day. However, the two disorders are very different. Insomniacs have trouble with the process offalling asleep.67They just can’t fall asleep early even if they want to.Essentially, DSPS means a person's internal clock is set differently. ____ 68 _______ A s aresult,they're out of sync(同步)with the rest of society. People with DSPS struggle to keep their eyes open during morning meetings because their bodies are convinced it*s the middle of the night. They seem less efficient and creative at the office, and make more workplace accidents. DSPS also damages their health, causing depression, anxiety, heart disease and many other illnesses due to sleep deprivation.______69_______ . Fortunately, that’s not the case. Flexible work schedules are already verycommon. Traditionally, managers tend to think more people in the office equals more output, but new research shows that people who work flexible hours are more productive and more likely to stay with their company because they are happier and healthier. Thanks to these findings, many European countries have passed laws giving every worker the right to apply for a flexible work arrangement. According to Cary Cooper, a psychologist at Lancaster University, most U.K. employees will be working half from home in five years.This is great news not just for DSPS sufferers but also for their companies. 70 Consequently, they will be able to save a large sum of money.KEYS: FACDHow to Keep Your Digital Memorials Safe?Do you value your digital stuff? Nearly everyone is creating things with computers, and some do it without any concern for its value. Others recognize its current value, but think little about what it could mean to them in the future, and either aren't aware or don't think that all of it could bedestroyed tomorrow. But hard drives die all the time, and the online services into which people sink their time close with alarming regularity, taking the work of millions of people withit._________67____________.Steps1.Prepare to make a quick backup. If nothing else, get a cheap USB stick anddrag-and-drop your documents folder onto it. Worry about the other things later.You should do more than this, but it's most important to take the most valuable,irreplaceable information from your hard drive and put it on a second medium to guardagainst hard drive failure, theft or loss.2.Decide what you value. Some questions to ask yourself are:How replaceable is this data?How good are you at assessing the value of items? _______68__________. For things likebusiness accounts and documents, the answer is of course you would. This kind of thingshould be your first priority.3.Start making backups.__________69__________Diminishing returns(效益递减) apply in backups as they do with everything else. The cheapest and simplest backup methods take care of an overwhelming majority of likely loss-of-stuff. Over-complicating your backup strategy is the biggest trap: the more complicated and expensive you insist on making it, the less likely you are to do it.4.____________70______________If one of your backup drives fails, replace it immediately. Remember that all storage devices eventually become obsolete (陈旧的). If you have valuable files on obsolete media, those files become increasingly difficult to access with every passing year. So in order to keep your files accessible, remember to migrate your collection to new storage media periodically.67-70 FDEATutoring a New NormalIt’s not piano lessons or dance lessons. Nowadays, the biggest extra-curricular activity in the West is going to a tutor. “I spend about 800 Canadian dollars a month on tutors. It’s costly,” says Pet, a mother in Canada. However, she adds, “after finding out half my daughter’s class had tutors, I felt like my child was going to fall behind because everyone else seemed to be ahead.Shelley, a mother of three, also has tutors constantly coming in and out of her home. “When I used to sit down with my children, it was hard to get them focused. I was always shouting. When I got a tutor once a week, they became focused for one entire hour and could get most of their homework done.”Tutoring isn’t simply a private school phenomenon. 67________ In Cana da alone, seven percent of high school students reported using a tutor in 2010. That increased to 15 percent last year.Overall, parents hire tutors because they are worried schools are not meeting their expectations, but there is also a cultural shift. 68 ________As a large number of Asians emigrated to the West over the recent years, their attitudes towards education have had an impact.69________ “A lot of parents just don’t have time to help their children with homework,” says Julie Diamond, presi dent of an American tutoring company. “Others couldn’t help their children after Grade 3.”There has been a shift in the attitudes, too. “Children used to get bullied(欺侮)for having a tutor,” Diamond says. “Now it’s becoming the norm to have one.”70 ________One parent feels surprised that so many of her child’s classmates have tutors. “For the amount we pay in tuition, they should have as much extra help as they need,” she says. Still, she’s now thinking of getting a tutor. Why? Her daughter has actua lly asked for one.FADBIn 2009, the number of hungry people in the world reached one billion for the first time. It's difficult not to be shocked by the fact that more than one in seven people in the world do not have enough to eat. __67__ Hunger kills more people per year than diseases such as AIDS, malaria (症疾)and TB(肺结核)combined.The UN estimates that almost two thirds of the world's hungry people are in Asia, which is of course the world's most populous continent. __68__ Although this region has a much lower population than Asia, it has the highest percentage of hungry people. Almost all of the rest are in Latin America, North Africa and the Caribbean. In the richest regions of the world there are only a tiny number of people who don't have enough to eat.__69__ They include wars, droughts, floods, and the over-use of farming land. All these factors affect food production. Many people also blame greedy businessmen for pushing up the prices of basic foods in the global market. But the most important reason, quite simply, is poverty, which has increased recently due to the financial crisis of 2008.Although many people make the obvious point that there would be less hunger if the global population were smaller, few people would argue that there is not enough food to go around. The basic problem seems to be not a lack of food, but its distribution. In the last 50 years, global food production has risen even more quickly than the global population. There are many areas of the world in which people generally have more than enough food. __70__ The answer to world hunger,therefore, may be a balanced food distribution around the whole world. Everyone will have enough to eat, but not overeat.67-70 FABDFor centuries, people have wondered about the strange things that they dream about. Some psychologists say that this nighttime activity of the mind has no special meaning. Others, however, think that dreams are an important part of our lives. In fact, many experts believe that dreams can tell us about a person's mind and emotions.Before modern times, many people thought that dreams contained messages from God. It was only in the twentieth century that people started to study dreams in a scientific way.The Austrian psychologist, Sigmund Freud, was probably the first person to study dreams scientifically. In his famous book, The interpretation of Dreams (1900), Freud wrote that dreams are an expression of a person's wishes. He believed that (67) ___________The Swiss psychiatrist Carl Jung was once a student of Freud's. Jung, however, had a different idea about dreams. Jung believed that the purpose of a dream was to communicate a message to the dreamer. (68) ___________ For example, people who dream about falling may learn that they have too high an opinion of themselves. On the other hand, people who dream about being heroes may learn that they think too little of themselves.Modern-day psychologists continue to develop theories about dreams. For example, psychologist William Domhoff from the University of California, Santa Cruz, believes that dreams are tightly linked to a person's daily life, thoughts, and behavior. (69) ___________Domhoff believes that there is a connection between dreams and age. His research shows that children do not dream as much as adults. According to Domhoff, dreaming is a mental skill that needs time to develop.He has also found a link between dreams and gender. His studies show that the dreams of men and women are different. For example, the people in men's dreams are often other men, and the dreams often involve fighting. This is not true of women's dreams. Domhoff found this gender difference in the dreams of people from 11 cultures around the world, including both modern and traditional ones.Can dreams help us understand ourselves? Psychologists continue to try to answer this question in different ways. (70) ___________ The dream may have meaning, but it does not mean that some terrible event will actually take place. It's important to remember that the world of dreams is not the real world.67-70 EFCDIt is found that American students spend less than 15% of their time in school. 67 _____. A study published earlier this month by researchers at North Carolina State University, for example, finds that parental involvement -- checking homework, attending school meetings and events, discussing school activities at home -- has a more powerful influence on students, academic performance than anything about the school the students attend. Another study, published in the Review of Economics and Statistics, reports that the effort put forth by parents reading stories aloud, is devoted by either teachers or the students themselves. And a third study concludes that schools would have to increase their spending by more than $1,000 per pupil in order to achieve the same results that are gained with parental involvement.68 ______. But it is also revealed in researches that parents, of all backgrounds, don’t need to buy expensive educational toys or digital devices for their kids in order to give them an advantage. They don’t need to drive their offspring to enrichment classes or test-preparation courses. What they need to do with their children is much simpler: talk.But not just any talk. 69 _______. For example, a study conducted by researchers at the UCLA School of Public Health and published in the journal Pediatrics founds that two-way adult-child conversations were six times as powerful in promoting language development as the ones in which the adult did all the talking. Engaging in this reciprocal (双向的) back-and-forth gives children a chance to try out language for themselves, and also gives them the sense that their thought and opinions matter.The content of parents’ conversations with kids matters, too. Children who hear tal k about counting and numbers at home start school with much more extensive mathematical knowledge, report researchers from the University of Chicago. While the conversations parents have with their children change as kids grow older, the effect of these exchanges on academic achievement remains strong. Research finds that parents play an important role in what is called “academicsocialization” -- setting expectations and making connections between current behavior and future goals. 70 _______.67----70 DACBWhere do you think the world's happiest people live? Somewhere hot with sandy beaches? A country with a tradition of the fine food and culture? Not according to a recent study by the university of Leicester. Who are the happiest people on Earth? 67 Surprised? Well you’ll be more surprised when you hear that the Danes pay some some of the highest taxes in the world. So what is the secret of their success?Let's start with all that tax they pay. The Danish government provides its people with one of the finest education and health systems in the world. It spends more on children and elderly people per capital than other country.And there's another advantage to those high taxes. Because a shop assistant's final salary is not that much less than someone who works in a bank, for example, Danes don't choose their careers based on money or status as people in other countries do. They choose the job they want to do. There's a philosophy in Denmark known as "Jante-love", which translates as "you're no better than anybody else." ___68___ But workers in otherr countries are not used to looking at life in this way.Money doesn't seem as important in Denmark. It has been called a "post consumerist" society. ___69___ What is more important is the sense of society and it's no surprise that Danes are very used to socializing. 92% of Danes belong to some kind of social club and these clubs are evenpaid for by the government.___70___ They also show an amazing amount of trust in each other and their government. You can see sighs of this all over the country. You'll find vegetable stalls with no assistant. You take what you want and leave the money in a basket. Perhaps the bike is a good symbol for Denmark. The Danes can afford cars but they choose bikes---simple, economical, non-polluting machines that show no status and help keep people fit.67----70 EBFCWhy should mankind explore space? Perhaps the best answer lies in our genetic makeup as human beings. What prompted our distant ancestors to move from the trees into the plains, and on into all possible areas and environments? _____67_____. The wider the distribution of a species, the better its chance of survival.Exploration also allows minerals and other potential resources to be located. Additional resources are always beneficial when used wisely, and can increase our chances of survival. Knowledge or techniques acquired through exploration, or preparing to explore, filter from the developers into society at large. _____68_____. Also, we have already benefited from other by-products, including improvements in earthquake prediction —which has saved many lives —in satellites used for weather forecasting and in communications systems. Even non-stick saucepans and mirrored sunglasses are by-products of technological developments in the spaceindustry!_____69_____. The chances of a large comet (彗星) hitting the Earth are small, but it could happen in time. Such strikes in the past may account for the extinction of dinosaurs and other species. Human technology is reaching the point where it might be able to detect the possibility of this happening, and enable us to minimize the damage, or prevent it completely, allowing us as a species to avoid extinction.In certain circumstances, life on Earth may become impossible: over-population or wide spread diseases, for instance, might eventually force us to find other places to live. While the earth is the only planet known to sustain life, surely the adaptive ability of humans would allow us to inhabit other planets and moons. It is true that the lifestyle would be different, but human life and cultures have adapted in the past and surely could in the future. _____70_____.. keys:67-70 DAFB。
上海市各区2016-2017年高三英语一模汇编--摘要写作(Summary Writing)--老师版(全部带答案精准校对)
IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of the passage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Are You Ready for Your Exam?So, it‘s the exam time again -- have you done the necessary work to get good marks? Sleeping with the textbook under the pillow(枕头) in the hope that knowledge will be magically absorbed into your brain as you sleep doesn‘t work. The best strategy is to space your practice out, rather than cram(死记硬背) it all together. It means hit the books early!In an article in the British newspaper The Guardian, Tom Stafford, a lecturer in psychology at the University of Sheffield, UK, advises: ―If you organi ze five hours of study into one hour a day, you‘ll remember more than if you study for five hours on one day.‖Don‘t rely on memory alone -- get pen and paper and start working. Students who can test themselves in advance will be better at getting back material from their memory and learn that material in the long run. John Dunlosky, Professor of Psychology at Kent State University in the US, sugge sts that ―you start by reading a textbook using your favourite highlighter(荧光笔) and favourite colours, but then you go back and make flashcards of all the critical concepts and instead of just rereading those, you basically try to test yourselves on them.‖Good revision should give you confidence, but if you are still anxious, there‘s no harm in indulging(放任) in a personal routine. In Japan, it seems to be a tradition for students to eat Katsudon before a test. This is a warm bowl of rice topped with egg and a deep-fried pork cutlet. The name of the dish reminds people of the word ‗katsu‘, meaning ‗winning‘.For some students in South Korea, the key to success is not washing their hair before sitting an exam because they believe they could wash all the knowledge out of their head. And in different parts of the world there are always those who swear by their ‗lucky underwear‘.The bottom line is that you need to study, sleep well on the eve of the test, eat a nutritious meal, drink plenty of water and believe that your efforts will pay off. Good luck in your exam!Keys:The best strategy to achieve good results in the exam is to study books early. According to experts, time management and self-testing in advance will also do you good. Furthermore,habitual psychological hint is helpful, too. Meanwhile, other factors such as necessary preparations, good sleep, nutritious diet and self-confidence can pay off your efforts as well. (56 words)IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of the passage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Super Size MeFast food, otherwise known as junk food, is a huge passion for a large number of people across the Western world. But what would happen if you ate lots of junk food, every day? Would it seriously damage your health? These were the questions which led Morgan Spurlock, an independent film-maker, to do an experiment, which he made into a documentary film entitled Super Size Me.The main basis of his experiment was that Spurlock promised to eat three McDonald‘s meals a day, every day, for a month. He could only eat food from McDonald‘s and every time an employee asked if he would like to ―super size‖ the meal, he had to agree. ―Super sizing‖ refers to the fact that with this type of meal you get a considerable larger portion of everything.Spurlock knew that by eating three McDonald‘s meals a day, he would consume a lot of fat and a great deal of salt and sugar in each meal—much more than he needed. Although Spurlock knew he would put on a bit of weight, and that this diet was unhealthy, he wasn‘t quite prepared for just how unhealthy it turned out to be. The changes in his body were horrifying in the first week, he put on 4.5 kilos and by the end of the thirty days he had gained nearly 14 kilos, bringing his total weight to a massive 98kg.Spurlock says ―I‘d love people to walk out of the movie and say, ‘Next time I‘m not going to ―super size‖. Maybe I‘m not going have any junk food at all. I‘m going to sit down and eat dinner with my kids, with the TV off, so that we can eat healthy food, talk about what we‘re eating and have a relationship with each other.‘‖ Food for thought indeed.Keys:Spurlock made an experiment to test the damage of eating lots of junk food and made adocumentary film later. In the one-month experiment, Spurlock ate three super size McDonald‘s meals every day if required, thus causing terrible increase in his weight. Spurlock hopes the film can help people establish a healthy eating habit. (56 words)IV. Summary WritingDirections:Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and main point(s) of the passage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Food is life. We eat it to grow, stay healthy, and have the energy to do everyday activities. The food we consume makes all of these things possible, but not all food is created equal. Studies have shown, for example, that children who eat a nutritious breakfast do better in school than those with a poor diet. The well-fed child is able to pay attention longer, remember more, and participate more actively in class. The findings, then, are clear. Because our food choices affect our health and behavior, we must do more than just eat; we must eat well. For many people today, though, making healthy food choices is not easy.We are surrounded by information telling us what‘s good for us and what isn‘t, but usually this information is more confusing than helpful. In fact, different research about the same food often produces contradictory results. In previous research on eggs, people were encouraged to limit or completely eliminate eggs from their diets to prevent dangerous diseases. Recent studies say eggs are good for you. It‘s hard to know who to believe.Shopping for food can also be challenging. During a visit to a supermarket, we often need to make many different choices. Should you buy this cereal or that one? Regular or fat-free‘ milk? Tofu or chicken? It‘s hard to know which to choose, especially when two items are very similar. Many shoppers read product labels to help them decide. Indeed, many food labels are often misleading.Making healthy food choices and eating well do not have to be difficult. Doing simple things can result in a better diet and a healthier you. Urban gardening, which is becoming popular again is one such thing. On small pieces of land, neighbors are working together to grow fruit and vegetables. What are the benefits of these gardens? People have access to more fresh fruit and vegetables, especially poorer people who are less likely to spend money on these items. The food also cost less than it would in a supermarket. There are other benefits, too. Working together in thegarden helps people to exercise. Urban gardens have also been used to teach children about food production and healthy eating.Keys:Food choices affect health and behavior.However, it‘s not easy to make healthy ones.Because confusing/contradictory food informationand misleading food labels are making shopping difficult/a challenge. Urban gardening is a good way to making healthy food choices.Urban gardening also have other benefits: getting fresh and cheap food, a way of exercise and learning food knowledge for children. (59 words)IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of the passage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.The advantages of social networkingWhy do most people sign up to social networking sites? The main reason is to stay in touch with other people. These sites also help people to find their childhood friends that they have lost touch with. Renewing these long-lost friendships is just a click away. It is very exciting to be able to catch up with friends and keep up with their news on am almost daily basis thanks to frequent updates.Keep up-to-date,however,doesn‘t have to be restricted to fr iends and acquaintances(相识的人).What many people tend to forget is that they can also use networking sites for professional reasons. It is actually a great way of finding out about upcoming job opportunities. Friends might know about job vacancies that may not be advertised elsewhere or they can even recommend their friends for certain jobs. Even people already employed can promote their business online. This is particularly important for artists, actors and musicians who can create pages devoted to their band or theatre company, and inform fans about their gigs(现场演唱会)or latest exhibitions. In addition, the sites can be used to allow the public to give instant feedback on the artists‘ work and to interact with their favourite artist.Another great advantage of social networking sites is how easy it is to organise an event with your friends. Thanks to different settings people can organise their friends by different criteria(标准). These criteria could be how close friends they are, common interests and hobbies or where they live. This means if a certain event takes place, for example, an open-air concert or a football match, all they have to do is invite the right group of friends to attend. Some networking sites offer a range of quizzes and games, so friends living on opposite sides of the globe can invite each other to participate and compete in a variety of games without leaving their homes.Keys:Social networking sites benefit people in several different ways. Not only do they allow people to keep in close touch with friends old or new ,but they provide potential job opportunities and encourage online business promotion plus interaction.Moreover, they facilitate the organization of various events, connecting people with similar hobbies or preferences globally.(54words)IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of the passage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Are we born with a preference for certain kinds of faces? Or is it just something that people learn, without realizing it? To find out, psychologist Judith Langlois and her team at the University of Texas in Austin worked with young children and babies.The researchers showed each baby photos of two faces. One face was more attractive than the other. The scientists then recorded how long the infants looked at each face.Babies spent longer viewing the attractive faces than the unattractive ones. That meant they preferred the pretty faces. These findings suggest that people prefer pretty faces very early in life. However, it‘s still possible that we learn that preference. After all, Schein, who worked with Judith, points out, ―By the time we test infants, they already have experience with faces.‖That experience can make a difference. Research conducted at the University of Delaware found that babies‘ brains are better at processing faces from their own race. So infants quickly come to prefer these faces, Schein says.It‘s well-known in psychology that familiar things are more attractive, says Coren Apicella. She is a psychologist at the University of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia. ―Perhaps average faces aremore attractive because they seem more familiar.‖Indeed, her research backs this up. Apicella and Little worked with two groups of young adults: British and Hadza. The Hadza are hunter-gatherers in Tanzania, a nation in East Africa. Apicella chose them for her experiment because they had not been exposed to Western culture and standards of beauty.She showed people from both groups two images and asked which was more attractive. One image was an average of five British faces or five Hadza faces. The other was an average of 20 British faces or 20 Hadza faces. People of both cultures preferred the face that was more average —that is, compiled from 20 faces instead of five. The British participants found both Hadza and British faces beautiful. The Hadza, in contrast, preferred only Hadza faces.―The Hadza have little experience with European faces and probably do not know what an average European face looks like,‖ Apicella concludes. ―If they don't know what it looks like, how can they prefer it?‖Her findings show how biology and the environment work together to shape our values. ―The prefere nce for average itself is biologically based,‖ Apicella says. But people must first experience other faces to learn what an average face should look like.Keys:Babies‘ preference to attractive faces indicates people begin to prefer pretty faces at an early age. Researches show average faces are more attractive because they are more familiar to people. Meanwhile, people‘s experience with faces matters a lot. The more people experience with certain faces, the more preference they will have to the average of these faces. (60 words)IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of the passage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Most people feel lonely sometimes, but it usually only lasts between a few minutes and a few hours. This kind of loneliness is not serious. In fact, it is quite normal. For some people, though, loneliness can last for years. Now researchers say there are three different types of loneliness, namely, temporary loneliness, situational loneliness, and chronic(长期的) loneliness.The first kind of loneliness is temporary. This is the most common type. It usually disappears quickly and does not require any special attention. The second kind, situational loneliness, is a natural result of a particular situation - for example a family problem, the death of a loved one, or moving to a new place. Although this kind of loneliness can cause physical problems, such as headaches and sleeplessness, it usually does not last for more than a year. The third kind of loneliness is the most severe. Unlike the second type, chronic loneliness usually lasts more than two years and has no specific cause. People who experience habitual loneliness have problems in socializing and becoming close to others. Unfortunately, many chronically lonely people think there is little or nothing they can do to improve their condition.Psychologists agree that one important factor in loneliness is a person‘s social contacts, e.g. friends, family members, co-workers, etc. We depend on various people for different reasons. For instance, our families give us emotional support, our parents share similar interests and activities. However, psychologists have found that, though lonely people may have many social contacts, they sometimes feel they should have more. They question their own popularity.Keys:There are three types of Loneliness.Temporary loneliness disappears quickly and can be neglected. Situational loneliness is caused by the change of circumstance, which may lead to problems.Chronic Loneliness lasts the longest and is harmful. The victims often feel hopeless. Loneliness is usually caused when people need more social contacts than they have. (53 words)IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of the passage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Around the world, music therapy is being used to treat different medical conditions and illnesses. Some of the ways people use music therapy are to reduce pain, such as in childbirth or during cancer treatments, or to stimulate brain activity alter an injury or money loss. Music therapy has also been successful in aiding children to overcome disabilities. Children can move their bodies with the music and stamp along to the beat.Why is music a useful therapy? Music is soothing and relaxing, but it also stimulates ourbrains. Emotionally and physically, we respond to the sounds of music. But the complexity of music provokes (激发)the biggest response. Thus, classical music is most typically used for therapies dueto complex sounds and patterns. Playing a musical instrument rather than simply listening to music can also be therapeutic for some people, helping relieve stress and anxiety.Music has been shown to reduce pain in cancer patients by increasing the release endorphin (内啡肽).Endorphins are the body‘s natural painkillers, and when we listen to music, our brains respond by releasing these natural painkillers. It has also been known to contribute to the brain development of the babies who have just been born and even babies still in the mother‘s womb. Certain types of music have also been found to lower blood pressure and slow a person's heart rate. Al present, music therapy is used in a variety of settings such as hospitals, nursing homes, day cares and schools.Although music therapy is not yet considered a mainstreamtreatment, it is recognized more and more as a useful addition to traditional treatment. Sonext time you are feeling low or stressed out, put on some relaxing music and let the music heal you.Keys:Music therapy is a useful way to treat illness. Because our brain can be stimulated by responding to music, different kinds of music have different effects. The principle of music therapy is to increase the release of endorphins to produce effects to help treatment. Although music therapy is not used widely, it is regarded as an effective additional to treatment. (60 words)IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of the passage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Airline seats have been one-size-fits-all since the beginning. Today, those 16.5 to 18-inch wide seats are anything but.According to the World Health Organization (WHO), obesity(肥胖症)has more than doubled since 1980. In 2014, more than 1.9 billion adults were overweight, and over 600 million were obese.The unchanged seat size and increase of obese passengershighlight the conflict betweenairlines‘ needs and basic passenger rights.Last month, lawyer Giorgio Destro,an Italian lawyer, sued Emirates, claiming his flight was disrupted by an obese passenger seated next to him. According to reports, Destro was not able to comfortably sit in his assigned seat, and spent much of the nine-hour flight standing or sitting in crew seats, because a 400-pound passenger took up half of his seat.Many airlines have responded to the growing obesityby insisting passengers of size buy two seats to ensure safety and comfort. Samoa Air, for example, is charging by weight (which has become known as a ―fat tax‖). At first glance, the fat tax issue sounds discriminatory (歧视的), but some argue that this is purely down to numbers. A kilo is a kilo. It has nothing to do with the condition of the weight.The heavier a plane is, the more fuel it burns through.In other words, the argument is whether it is fair that a 150-pound person is charged for their 50-pound bag, when a 300-pound person with a carry-on isn‘t charged anything extra.However, Peggy Howell of NAAFA argues that obesity is an illness, and that obese people should be entitled to having certain rights protected.―We question the legality of the discriminatory policy and whether it viol ates the Air Carrier Access Act governing the treatment of passengers with disabilities,‖ she says. ―The American Medical Association (AMA) recently declared obesity a disease, which should make fat passengers a protected class.‖Howell points out that the Canadian Transportation Agency (CTA) addressed this issue in 2009, and issued a ‗one-person, one-fare‘ ruling covering passengers with disabilities. Those passengers include ones who are ‗clinically obese‘ and who cannot fit into a single seat.Keys:With the increasing obesity, airline one-size-fits-all seats can‘t satisfy the needs of obese passengers. To solve the conflict between airlines‘ needs and passenger rights, many airlines ask overweight passengers to pay more to fly, because a heavier plane burns more fuel. However, objectors think the disabled, including fat passengers, should be protected instead of being charged more. (60 words)IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of the passage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Gene Therapy―We used to think that our fate was in our stars, but now we know that, in large measure, our fate is in our genes,‖ said James Watson. Watson is a molecular(分子的) biologist and co-discoverer of DNA structure. Why? Scientists are seeing that gene therapy is revolutionizing the treatment of disease.In gene therapy, healthy genes are introduced into defective (有缺陷的) cells to prevent or cure disease. While much of the research is in the beginning stages, some successes point to the real benefit of the therapy. In Italy, doctors have recently treated one genetic disease with gene therapy. This disease most often begins to destroy the brain when children are between 1 and 2, stopping them from walking and talking. By inserting normal, healthy genetic material into a virus and then infecting the patients, scientists seem to be able to cure the disease. Although the children given the therapy still need follow-up treatments, they now lead a relatively normal life.Gene therapy has also been used to help older patients. These people suffer from a disease that causes slow movement and uncontrollable shaking because part of the brain dies. Those treated with gene therapy showed a 23.1 percent improvement when tested six months later.Gene therapy appears to be a more positive alternative to surgery or medicine and is an exciting new approach that is just making the news. Researchers hope that in the coming years, every genetic disease will have gene therapy as its treatment. But more research is needed to assure its safety.Keys:Gene therapy, which prevents or cures disease by inserting healthy genes into defective cells rather than by means of surgery or medicine, is changing the treatment of disease revolutionarily. Though in the initial phases, gene therapy has been successful in treating both children and older patients with genetic disease. However, more research is called for to ensure its security. (59 words)IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of the passage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Teaching Is “One of the Least Popular Jobs in the UK”The UK government has just published a report on the future of secondary school teaching, and the conclusion of the report is that many secondary schools now face great difficulties in finding people who want to be teachers. Since the 1980s, the number of graduates who would ―seriously consider‖ teaching as a career has fallen sharply, from 64% in 1982 to just 17% today. The report suggests that urgent action needs to be taken in order to encourage more intelligent young graduates into teaching.The main drawback(缺点)of secondary teaching, according to the report, is the low salary. Earnings in teaching are much lower than in many other jobs. Joanne Manners, 24, is a good example: ―I graduated in maths last year, and I was thinking of doing a teacher-training course to become a maths teacher---but I saw I could earn twice as much if I worked in marketing or advertising, so I decided not to become a teacher.‖It's not just about the money, however. The survey concluded that another reason why people don‘t want to be teachers is that some teenagers behave very badly in school. A lot of schools have problems with discipline, and it seems clear that children do not have the same respect for teachers as in the past. Here‘s the view of Dave Hallam, an accountant from London: ―I think parents are to blame. They should have stricter rules with their children at home and also teach their children to have more respect for teachers.‖The report is clear that the problem of teacher shortage is a very serious one. It says that the government should raise teachers‘ pay significantly, to catch up with workers in o ther professions. It also indicates that the government could launch a nationwide publicity campaign, with some advertisements on TV and in the newspapers, to show the positive sides of teaching to young people.Keys:Secondary schools in UK experienced difficulties recruiting young teachers. The reasons are low salary and kid‘s bad behavior, which push talents to business occupations with twice income. Therefore, poorly behaved students need to obey stricter rules and parents need to discipline them at home. Also, government should increase teachers‘ income and promote a teaching campaign todisplay teaching‘s bright side. (60 words)/It is reported that many secondary schools in UK have trouble enrolling young teachers due to the low salary and the bad behavior of the youth in school. To change the situation, parents should be strict with the kids to back teachers up and the government are encouraged to improve teachers‘ income and publicize the positive image of teaching. (59 words)IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of the passage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Do you find getting up in the morning so difficult that it‘s painful? This might be called laziness, but Dr. Kleitman has a new explanation. He has proved that everyone has a daily energy cycle.During the hours when you labor through your work you may say that you‘re ―hot‖. That‘s true. The time of day when you feel most energetic is when your cycle of body temperature is at its peak. For some people the peak comes during the forenoon. For others it comes in the afternoon or evening. No one has discovered why this is so, but it leads to such familiar monologues (自言自语) as: ―Get up, John! You‘ll be late for work again!‖ The possible explanation to the trouble is that John is at his temperature-and-energy peak in the evening. Much family quarrelling ends when husbands and wives realize what these energy cycles mean, and which cycle each member of the family has.You can‘t change your energy cycle, but you can learn to make your life fit it better. Habit can help, Dr. Kleitman believes. Maybe you‘re sleepy in the evening but feel you must stay up late anyway. Counteract(对抗)your cycle to some extent by habitually staying up later than you want to. If our energy is low in the morning but you have an important job to do early in the day, rise before your usual hour. This won‘t change your cycle, but you‘ll get up steam (鼓起干劲) and work better at your low point.Get off to a slow start which saves your energy. Get up with a leisurely yawn and stretch. Sit on the edge of the bed a minute before putting your feet on the floor. Avoid the troublesome search for clean clothes by laying them out the night before. Whenever possible, do routine work in the afternoon and save tasks requiring more energy or concentration for your sharper hours.Keys:Everyone has an energy cycle, which is individually different. When your body temperature reaches the peak, you‘ll feel most energetic. Though we can‘t change the cycle, we can form some habits to make our life fit better and avoid many conflicts with people. Additionally, getting off to work with a minimum effort helps save our energy. (60 words)IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of the passage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Now another American education icon may be disappearing: the hardbound textbook. More and more school districts are replacing traditional textbooks with electronic ones. Electronic textbooks are usually accessed either through an online server or are downloaded to student laptops.In North Texas, Plano and Irving schools are introducing e-books into a few classrooms, and Lancaster school officials also are considering them. But no local district appears to be going as far as Forney. The district most likely would be the first in the state to use e-books in every classroom for grades five to twelve.Officials point out several reasons for turning to e-books. For one, they are easier to update. Thus the publishers are able to find ways to do online textbooks and they can go back and change information. Using e-books will better prepare students for college and the workplace.Rapid district growth is another reason. The number of the students in the district is expected to double within five years. It‘s difficult to know textbook needs in advance and some students wait months for their books. But e-books can be uploaded onto a ―blank‖ laptop in a few hours.Cost may eventually be a deciding cause for choosing e-books, but here are no big savings yet. Even if they get it electronically, they still have to pay for the book because they‘re buying the instructional material. That may change as more and more districts move towards e-books.Today‘s students have little trouble adjusting to laptops and e-books, said Connie Cooley, who has taught at the Academy of Irving ISD for five years. But she said it could worry teachers.―It‘s harder for people who are right around my age and older.‖ said Ms. Cooley, 36. ―I‘m。
上海市静安区2016届高三第一学期12月练习英语试卷
上海2015-2016第一学期静安区高三英语练习卷第I卷(共103分)Ⅰ. Listening ComprehensionSection A Short ConversationsDirections: In Section A, you will hear ten short conversations between two speakers. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. The conversations and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a conversation and the question about it, read the four possible answers on your paper, and decide which one is the best answer to the question you have heard.1. A. 20 pounds. B. 60 pounds. C. 30 pounds. D. 40 pounds.2. A. At 7:10. B. At 8:00. C. At 7:50. D. At 7:30.3. A. A teacher. B. A student. C. A lawyer. D. A friend.4. A. Because there was a heavy traffic.B. Because he has been somewhere else.C. Because he was caught by the police.D. Because he doesn’t like going to school.5. A. Looking for a timetable. B. Buying some furniture.C. Reserving a table.D. Window shopping.6. A. Henry doesn’t like the color. B. Someone else painted the house.C. There was no ladder in the house.D. Henry painted the house himself.7. A. She doesn’t spend much time with her friends.B. She doesn’t like her new school.C. She has adapted easily to her new school.D. She spends most of her free time at school.8. A. Jim is very interesting. B. Jim hasn’t found anything.C. Jim has got a new job.D. Jim is very lazy.9. A. They are disappointed in the recent changes.B. They are delighted at the taste of the Italian food.C. They are not happy with the price.D. They are satisfied with the chef newly employed.10. A. She would rather invite more people to come.B. They would prepare more food and drinks.C. There was too much food at the previous meeting.D. The family members always eat a lot.Section BDirections: In Section B, you will hear two short passages, and you will be asked three questions on each of the passages. The passages will be read twice, but the questions will be spoken only once. When you hear aquestion, read the four possible answers on your paper and decide which one would be the best answer to the question you have heard.Questions 11 through 13 are based on the following passage.11. A. In a library. B. In a classroom.C. In a laboratory.D. In a computer room.12. A. Reading and writing. B. Grammar and computer.C. Listening and speaking.D. Pronunciation and self-study.13. A. A book review. B. A classroom rule.C. A visit plan.D. A weekly timetable.Questions 14 through 16 are based on the following passage.14. A. In spring. B. In summer. C. In fall. D. In winter.15. A. Confusing. B. Innovative. C. Amusing. D. Wasteful.16. A. To standardize daylight savings time.B. To establish year-round daylight savings time.C. To end daylight savings time.D. To shorten daylight savings time.Section CDirections:In Section C, you will hear two longer conversations. The conversations will be read twice. After you hear each conversation, you are required to fill in the numbered blanks with the information you have heard. Write your answers on your answer sheet.Blanks 17 through 20 are based on the following conversation.Blanks 21 through 24 are based on the following conversation.II. Grammar and VocabularySection ADirections:After reading the passages below, fill in the blanks to make the passages coherent and grammatically correct. For the blanks with a given word, fill in each blank with the proper form of the given word; for the other blanks, use one word that best fits each blank.(A)One of my favourite moments as a physician occurs when, with a very somber look, I inform patients that there’s one thing they absolutely(25) _______ do in order to make a successful recovery after a cardiac event: Go home and laugh until they cry.You see, we now know that there’s far more to maintaining heart health and reversing heart disease (26) _______ diet, exercise, and cholesterol level. The latest research indicates that stress, and an inability (27) __________(deal with)it, is a direct contributor to heart disease. For example, a study involving nearly 250,000 people found that anxiety (28) _________ (associate) with a 26 percent increase in coronary heart disease over an 11-year period.Anger and hostility rank at the top of the list of heart-harmful emotions. Harvard Medical School researchers recently found that 40 percent of patients (29)________suffered a heart attack reported significant anger within the previous year, and roughly 8 percent of that group reported that they felt rage within two hours of heart attack symptoms.But(30)________studies reveal a great deal about the harm that negative emotions deliver to the heart, they also clearly demonstrate the amazing healing power of positive emotions. In my 25 years as a cardiologist (31) _______(perform) clinical trials and treating patients, I’ve seen firsthand (32) ________ we can harness optimism, confidence, laughter, social connections, and relaxation to help our hearts get and stay healthy.(B)Why Finnish Babies Don’t Sleep in Cribs.For expectant parents in Finland, their “bundle of joy” isn’t just the baby. Since 1938, new mothers and fathers have received a cardboard box, often (33) _______(use) as the baby’s first crib, filled with a small mattress, blankets, infant clothes, outerwear, toiletries, and more.The Finnish government supplies the boxes, (34) _______(say)the gift encourages good parenting habits and aims to give all the children (35) _______ equal start.Some experts think that the start kit has even helped Finland achieve one of the world’s (36) _______(low) infant-mortality rates.Before the tradition began, when many Finnish babies slept in their parents’beds, 65 out of 1,000 babies died each year. (37) _______ the introduction of the box—and the custom of having babies sleep separately from their parents—Finland’s infant-mortality rate has plummeted to only 3.4 deaths of for every 1,000 babies.Over the years, the box’s contents (38) _________(often reflect) historical trends. Until 1957, the kids contained plain fabric that mothers would use to sew the baby’s clothes. Stretchy fabrics appeared in the 1960s; disposable diapers debuted in 1969. As more women began careers in the 1970s, the layette came in easy-to-clean stretch cotton. In 2006, cloth diapers reappeared for environmental reasons, and bottles were removed to promote breast-feeding.“It’s easy to know when babies were born (39) _______ the box changes a little each year,”Titta Vayrynen, 35 and the mother of two young boys, told a reporter for the BBC. “It’s nice to compare clothesand think, That kid was born the same year as (40) _______.”Section BDirections: Complete the following passage by using the words in the box. Each word can only be used once. Note that there is one word more than you need.he next generation may lose the opportunity to swim over coral reefs (珊瑚礁) or eat certain species of fish, scientists have warned, as the world’s oceans move into a stage of widespread extinction because of human 41 such as overfishing and climate change.A report from an international group of marine experts said that t he condition of the world’s seas was worsening more quickly than had been 42 . The scientists, who gathered at Oxford University, warned that we would 43 the whole ecosystems, such as coral reefs in a generation. Already the number of fish is dropping, leading to risk of rising food prices and even starvation in some parts of the world.The experts 44 the increased amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere for pushing up ocean temperature, the increased algae (海藻) concentration in the water, which made the water have less oxygen. The conditions are 45 to every previous mass extinction event in the Earth’s history.Dr Alex Rogers, scientific director of the International Programme on the State of the Ocean said the next generation would suffer if species are allowed to go 46 . “As we considered the cumulative (积累的) effect of what humankind had done to the ocean were far worse than we had ___47___ realized,” he said. “This is a very serious situation 48quick and effective action at every level. We are looking at 49 for humankind that will influence in our lifetime and, worse, our children’s and generations beyond that.”The marine scientists called for a range of urgent 50 to cut carbon emissions (排放), reduce overfishing, create protected areas in the seas and cut pollution.III. Reading ComprehensionSection ADirections: For each blank in the following passage there are four words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.People on a college campus were more likely to give money to the March of Dimes if theywere asked for a donation by a disabled woman in a wheelchair than if asked by a nondisabledwoman. In another _ 51_ , subway riders in New York saw a man carrying a stick stumble(绊脚)and fall to the floor. Sometimes the victim had a large red birthmark on his _ 52_ ;sometimes he did not. In this situation, the victim was more likely to _53 _ aid if his face was spotless than if he had an unattractive birthmark. In _54_ these and other research findings, two themes are _55_ : we are more willing to help people we like for some reason and people we think _ 56 _ assistance.In some situations, those who are physically attractive are more likely to receive aid. _57_ , in a field study researchers placed a completed application to graduate school in a telephone box at the airport. Theapplication was ready to be _58_, but had apparently been "lost". The photo attached to the applicationwas sometimes that of a very _59 _ person and sometimes that of a less attractive person. The measure of helping was whether the individual who found the envelope actually mailed it or not. Results showed that people were more likely to_ 60_ the application if the person in the photo was physically attractive.The degree of _ 61_ between the potential helper and the person in need is also important.For example, people are more likely to help a stranger who is from the same country rather than a foreigner. In one study, shoppers on a busy street in Scotland were more likely to help a person wearing a(n) _62_ T-shirt than a person wearing a T-shirt printed with offensive words.Whether a person receives help depends in part on the "worth" of the case. For example, shoppers in a supermarket were more likely to give someone _63 _ to buy milk rather than to buy cookies, probably because milk is thought more essential for _64_ than cookies. Passengers on a New York subway were more likely to help a man who fell to the ground if he appeared to be _65_ rather than drunk.51. A. study B. way C. word D. college52. A. hand B. arm C. face D. back53. A. refuse B. beg C. lose D. receive54. A. challenging B. recording C. understanding D. publishing55. A. important B. possible C. amusing D. missing56. A. seek B. deserve C. obtain D. accept57. A. At first B. Above all C. In addition D. For example58. A. printed B. mailed C. rewritten D. signed59. A. talented B. good-looking C. helpful D. hard-working60. A. send in B. throw away C. fill out D. turn down61. A. similarity B. friendship C. cooperation D. contact62. A. expensive B. plain C. cheap D. strange63. A. time B. instructions C. money D. chances64. A. shoppers B. research C. children D. health65. A. talkative B. handsome C. calm D. sickSection BDirections: Read the following three passages. Each passage is followed by several questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one that fits best according to the information given in the passage you have just read.(A)It’s not easy being a teenager – nor is it easy being the parent of a teenager. You can make your child feel angry, hurt, or misunderstood by what you say without realizing it yourself. It is important to give your child the space he needs to grow while gently letting him know that you’ll still be there for him when he needs you.Expect a lot from your child, just not everything. Except for health and safety problems, such as drug use or careless driving, consider everything else open to discussion. If your child is unwilling to discuss something, don’t insist he tell you what’s on his mind. The more you insist, the more likely that he’ll clamup. Instead, let him attempt to solve things by himself. At the same time, remind him that you’re always there for his should he seek advice or help. Show respect for your teenager’s privacy. Never read his mail or listen in on personal conversations.Teach your teenager that the family phone is for the whole family. If your child talks on the family’s telephone for too long, tell him he can talk for 15 minutes, but then he must stay off the phone for at least an equal period of time. This not only frees up the line so that other family members can make and receive calls, but teaches your teenager moderation (节制). Or if you are open to the idea, allow your teenager his own phone that he pays for with his own pocket money or a part-time job.66. The main purpose of the text is to tell parents ______.A. how to get along with a teenagerB. how to respect a teenagerC. how to understand a teenagerD. how to help a teenager grow up67. What does the phrase “clam up” in Paragraph 2 probably mean?A. become excitedB. show respectC. refuse to talkD. seek help68. The last paragraph is about how to teach a teenager ______.A. to use the phone in a sensible wayB. to pay for his own telephoneC. to share the phone with friendsD. to answer the phone quickly69. What should parents do in raising a teenager according to the text?A. Not allow him to learn driving or take drugs.B. Give him advice only when necessary.C. Let him have his own telephone.D. Not talk about personal things with him.BTroubled by the poor performance of their investments, many people are taking steps to stop decrease of their savings and rethink their financial plans. They are not sure what to do to maximize returns in light of stock market fluctuations, new tax laws, low interest rates and skyrocketing real estate values. “People are afraid of making a mistake and losing more money,"” says financial counselor Denise Hughes. "The do-it-yourself investor of the 1990s is more comfortable now doing nothing." But doing nothing isn't better than doing something smart, especially as college, weddings and retirement loom. Here's what financial advisors are recommending to their clients:Plan for financial aidMost parents don't save nearly enough for children's education. They assume that investing in a 529 college plan is the best place for your savings. While a 529 plan offers tax-free growth and withdrawals for college costs, colleges look at these savings when evaluating their qualification and how much they will hand over. Do save aggressively for college in a taxable account in your name if your household income is below $ 100,000. In this case, your child will likely qualify for some financial aid. Do invest in a 529 savings plan if your income is higher than $100,000 and will likely remain at or above that level when your child enters college. In this case, the 529 plan is great because you probably won't qualify for financial aidanyway.Expect ups and downsAnnoyed by three straight years of stock market declines, many people have been shifting to lower-risk investments. But just as taking too much risk can hurt your portfolio's(投资组合) growth rate, so can hiding out in excessive safe investments paying 1% or less.Do consider investing in funds that you'll hold on to for more than a year. Under the new tax law, long-term capital gains are taxed at a maximum of 15%, down from 20%. Do look at stock funds that pay dividends (红利). Dividends on stocks used to be taxed at your personal income tax rate. Under the new law, they are now taxed at no more than 15%. Investing in these funds will not only hold down taxes but also sustain your portfolio's value in tough times.Forget high feesOver the next ten years, achieving the kind of double-digit returns we experienced over the past 20 years will be much harder. In the 1990s, the average rate of return for a portfolio allocated (配给) 60% to stocks and 40% to bonds was 13.2% after taxes and transaction expenses. Over the coming decade, this rate is expected to be closer to 5.5%. Don't pay unnecessarily high investment costs and fees. For example, if you can save half a percentage point on your fund expense ratio(the fee that funds charge you each year to manage your money), your average investment return could be 6% instead of 5%.70. Which of the following is NOT true about the investors of the 1990s?A. They might need professional help.B. They live a comfortable life now with nothing to do.C. They are afraid of making wrong decisions and losing money.D. They are trying to protect what they make and save rather than taking risks.71. According to the passage, a 529 savings account ______.A. is the best choice for low-income familiesB. offers tax-free growth and withdrawalsC. works best for those who are not qualified for financial aidD. should start in your child's name72. According to the expert, which of the following can help your portfolio's return rate to grow?A. Allocating 40% of your portfolio to stocks and 60% to bonds.B. Hiding out in ultra-safe investments paying 1% or less.C. Investing long term in funds that pay dividends.D. Making high-risk and high-return investments.73. On average, according to the experts, how much can you expect of an investment return in the near future?A. Below 1%.B. About 6%.C. Above 8%.D. Close to 13.2%.CWhat are feelings for? Most nonscientists will find it a strange question. Feelings justify themselves. Emotions give meaning and depth to life. They exist without serving any other purposes. On the other hand,many evolutionary biologists acknowledge some emotions primarily for their survival function. For both animals and humans, fear motivates the avoidance of danger, love is necessary to care for the young, and anger prepares one to hold ground. But the fact that a behavior functions to serve survival need not mean that. Other scientists have regarded the same behavior as conditioning and learned responses. Certainly reflexes(反射) and fixed action patterns can occur without feeling or conscious thought. A baby seagull pecks(啄) at a red spot on the bill(喙) of its parent. The seagull parent feeds its baby when pecked on the bill and the baby gets fed. The interaction need have no emotional content.At the same time, there is no reason why such actions cannot have emotional content. In mammals that have given birth including humans, milk is often released automatically when a new baby cries. This is not under intended control but it is reflex. Yet this does not mean that feeding a new baby is exclusively reflex and expresses no feeling like love. Humans have feelings about their behavior even if it is conditioned or reflexive. Yet since reflexes exist and conditioned behavior is widespread, measurable, and observable, most scientists try to explain animal behavior by using only these concepts. It is simpler.Preferring to explain behavior in ways that fit science's methods most easily, scientists have refused to consider any causes for animal behavior other than reflexive and conditioned ones. Scientific orthodoxy (正统) holds that what cannot be readily measured or tested cannot exist, or is unworthy of serious attention. But emotional explanations for animal behavior need not be impossibly complex or unstable. They are just more difficult for the scientific method to check on in the usual ways, so cleverer and more skillful approaches are called for. Most branches of science are more willing to make successive evaluation of what may prove ultimately unknowable, rather than ignoring it altogether.74. The example of the baby seagull pecking the parent’s bill is used to support that ______.A. it is an inborn ability for adults to look after the youngB. behaviors can be learned and involve no emotionsC. emotions are of great importance for survivalD. it takes time for animals to be conditioned75. Which of the following can be learned from the passage?A. Breast-feeding a baby is conditioned or reflective but have no emotional connection.B. Reflexes and conditioning will lead to a better understanding of animal emotions.C. Scientists usually apply reflexes and conditioning in explaining animal behaviors.D. Many evolutionary biologists believe that emotions are to some degree for survival.76. To study animal emotions, scientists should ______.A. analyze human emotionsB. distinguish what is emotionalC. set up improved experimentsD. learn from animal behaviorists77. What is the author’s main purpose of writing this passage?A. To illustrate that emotions are worth our attention.B. To compare human emotions with animal emotions.C. To discuss the importance and usefulness of emotions.D. To explain what reflexive and conditioned behaviors are.Section DDirections: Read the passage carefully. Then answer the questions or complete the statements in the fewest possible words.“In Scotland, illness treatment is considered urgent; in Canada, it's considered inevitable. However in America, it is resource-consuming.”Though the remarks seem like jokes, real data support the point. Medicare statistics, for example, reveal that we Americans lead the world in the amount of medical services used during the last six months of a person's life. Senior citizens here are big consumers of healthcare, using ambulances three times as often as seniors elsewhere. Commercial insurance data point to similar patterns in the healthcare of the younger population too, a ground few would argue against.What explains such a phemonemon? There is plenty of blame to go around. Both physicians and patients have referred to a "more is better" approach that adds cost without necessarily leading to better outcomes.In the past, doctors in fee-for-service systems have been suspected of doing too much testing to generate more income. Now new networks track doctors' treating record in the hope to discourage unnecessary testing. Patients, on the other hand, are worried about denial of services. Doctors can find themselves caught in a bind between anxious and worrying patients and insurance networks that dismiss doctors with inefficient practice patterns.Upset factors, such as malpractice concerns and falling fees, among which the worsening doctor-patient relationship tops the ranking list—are contributing to the nation's increasing shortage of primary-care doctors.Is there a better way to do this, without limiting a patient's choice or lowering the quality of healthcare?One solution is that we can introduce care organizations, which have the goal of improving both patients' health outcomes and the efficient use of resources. Like an HMO, this new kind of care organization involves networks of doctors, hospitals and patients. By carefully balancing care among doctors computerized medical records to identify the appropriate use of services, it encourages preventive care and measure quality.Given the obvious benefits during its pilot time, we are also encouraged to look at the program called Choosing Wisely. The program is aimed at encouraging both physicians and patients, with the help of professional model, to carefully consider the wisdom of medical procedures. In most cases, useless procedures are not only wasting money, but also subjecting patients to additional risk without the potential to improve their health.(Note: Answer the questions or complete the statements in NO MORE THAN TEN WORDS.)78. Commercial insurance data are mentioned in the first paragraph to show that ______.79. Patients’ ______ attitude towards medical care caused today’s overtreatment.80. What is the leading reason for the lack of primary-care doctors?81. What are the two methods to fight the overtreatment problem?第II卷(共47分)I. Translation (22 分)Directions: Translate the following sentences into English, using the words given in the brackets.1. 现在人们越来越关注青少年的心理健康。
上海市静安区2016届高三英语上学期期末教学质量检测试题
静安区2015学年第一学期高三年级教学质量检测英语试卷考生注意:1. 考试时间120分钟,试卷满分150分。
2. 本考试设试卷和答题纸两部分。
试卷分为第I卷(第1-13页)和第II卷(第13-14页),全卷共14页。
所有答题必须涂(选择题)或写(非选择题)在答题纸上,做在试卷上一律不得分。
3. 答题前,务必在答题纸上填写准考证号和姓名。
第I卷(共103分)I.Listening ComprehensionSection ADirections: In Section A, you will hear ten short conversations between two speakers. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. The conversations and thequestionswillbespokenonlyonce.Afteryouhearaconversationandthequestionaboutit, read the four possible answers on your paper, and decide which one is the best answer to the question you have heard.1. A. Teacher. B. Repairman. C. Shop assistant. D. Doctor.2. A. At home. B. At school. C. In the hospital. D. On the street.3. A. His new job is too difficult for him.B. He is used to his new job.C. He is still trying to get used to his new job.D. He doesn’t like his new job.4. A. 15 dollars. B. 14 dollars. C. 10 dollars. D. 12 dollars.5. A. She is surprised at her mum’s coming back so soon.B. She thinks that she is too slow.C. She wants the man to be quick.D. She will go out herself.6. A. She used to be in poor health. B. She was popular among boys.C. She was somewhat overweight.D. She didn’t do well at high school.7. A. At the airport. B. In a restaurant.C. In a booking office.D. At the hotel reception.8. A. Teaching her son by herself.B. Having confidence in her son.C. Asking the teacher for extra help.D. Telling her son not to worry.9. A. Have a short break. B. Take two weeks off.C. Continue her work outdoors.D. Go on vacation with the man.10. A. He is taking care of his twin brother.B. He has been feeling ill all week.C. He is worried about Rod.D. He has been in perfect condition.Section BDirections: In Section B, you will hear two short passages, and you will be asked three questions on each of the passages. The passages will be read twice, but the questions will be spoken only once. When you hear a question, read the four possible answers on your paper and decide which one would be the best answer to the question you have heard.Questions 11 through 13 are based on the following passage.11. A. Lawyer. B. Computer programmer.C. Blogger.D. Firefighter.12. A. 21% of all the employers. B. 1% of American teenagers.C. 79% of all the employers.D. 1% of American adults.13. A. With many bloggers, America is sure to win her reputation in the world.B. Washington is the city which has most bloggers in America.C. There are fewer employees of newspapers than a few years ago.D. The topics of blogging cover almost every area of people’s daily life.Questions 14 through 16 are based on the following news.14. A. In the Town Hall. B. In a community.C. In somebody’s house.D. In a stadium.15. A. The equal job, the equal pay.B. The best way of cooking and cleaning.C. The women’s liberation movement.D. Women’s ability to be good leaders.16. A. Women’s responsibility of child raising.B. Women’s ability to do anything important.C. Not only concrete issues but also attitude and beliefs.D. How to take jobs and help others.Section CDirections: In Section C, you will hear two longer conversations. The conversations will be read twice. After you hear each conversation, you are required to fill in the numbered blanks with the information you have heard. Write your answers on your answer sheet.Blanks 17 through 20 are based on the following conversation.Complete the form. Write ONE WORD for each answer.Blanks 21 through 24 are based on the following conversation.Complete the form. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.II.Grammar and vocabularySection ADirections: After reading the passages below, fill in the blanks to make the passages coherent and grammatically correct. For the blanks with a given word, fill in each blank with the proper form of the given word; for the other blanks, use one word that best fits each blank.( A )Exploration of the PolesThe North Pole and South Pole are at the top and bottom of the Earth, (25)_______________you won’t find an actual pole to mark the place. The poles are the northernmost and southernmost points on the planet. The poles are the most unfriendly environments on Earth.In the early 1900s, explorers competed to become the first (26)_______________ ( reach ) the South Pole. From 1901 to 1904, British naval officer Robert Scott made the first attempt. Scott got (27)_______________ ( far ) south than anyone had been before, but he failed to reach the pole.In 1909, Ernest Shackleton of Britain led an expedition across Antarctica on sleds pulled by dogs. They were only about 100 miles (about 160 kilometers) from the South Pole (28)_______________ a shortage of food forced them to turn back.Scott finally reached the South Pole in January 1912. But (29)_______________ ( disappoint ) Scott found that Roald Amundsen had beaten him by one month. Amundsen’s expedition arrived at the pole in December 1911. Amundsen was (30)_______________ experienced Arctic explorer, and he had made careful preparations. Scott and his companions died of injury, cold, and hunger on their return from the pole.In 1914, Shackleton (31)_______________ ( plan ) another expedition to the South Pole. But his ship was crushed by ice, and he had to cross 800 miles (1,300 kilometers) of freezing sea in a tiny boat to survive. Shackleton then returned to save his strandedmen. It was one of the greatest rescue feats in history.In 1929, Arctic explorer Richard Byrd became the first person who flew over the South Pole. Byrd later pioneered the idea of(32)_______________ ( set )up permanent stations for scientific research in Antarctica. A station called the Amundsen-Scott Base has stood at the South Pole since 1977.( B )Teaching in front of a cameraWageningen University is keen on developing forms of education that reach people all over the world. The basics of the course topics are covered in short films and three-minute to seven-minute presentations (33)_______________ ( use ) techniques such as animationand voiceover( 画外音 ).The onli ne Master’s programmes are quite different from the large-scale MOOCs (在线课程 ), explains Busstra. In the Master’s courses, the short “knowledge clips” ( 短片 ) dealing with the essential topics(34)_______________ ( link ) to an assignment directly to help the students actively absorbthe knowledge themselves. Teachers can also use them to test (35)_______________ the material has come across well. Busstra says: “ The teacher has to think up new ways of working---getting students to make a film clip, for instance,(36)_______________ _______________ they present a research setup they have thought up themselves, or to respond to someone else’s idea, or to work on a document in groups.” The students also get the chance to post a question while they are watching an online film---equivalent of putting your hand up during a lecture. Fellow students and teachers can then answer the question online. “ There are a lot of misunderstandings about online education, ” says Busstra, “ one of them being (37)_______________ there is only one way communication. (38)_______________people are gradually gaining confidence in it. It will stay typically Wageningen: small-scale and based on interaction and group work.”The investment (39)_______________ online learning is paying off in the regular education programme too, according to Busstra. Students in Wageningen can pick up the basics at home through the knowledge clips. During lectures, teachers(40)_______________ then provide more in-depth analysis, talk about their own work and s upervise students more personally. “Increasingly, on-campus and online education will no longer be two separate worlds,” expects Busstra.Section BDirections: Complete the following passage by using the words in the box. Each word can onlybe used once. Note thatthere is one word more thanyou need.We are familiar with pop culture, but what is peep culture? In pop culture, we turn on the TV and watch our favouritecelebrities __41__ us with their performances. In peep culture, we turn on the comput er, we move through people’s lives on reality TV, blogs, Face book and You Tube. Instead of getting our entertainment from scripted performances, we get our entertainment from peeping into other people’s lives. It can be friends and family. But it’s just l ikely to be people we have never met from around the world.Suddenly, we spend all of our time __42__ other people. And we also invite them to watch us! People __43__ themselves to get attention and to feel like they are part of a community. In peep culture, ordinary people are turned into celebrities.This has never happened before, turning the spotlight on __44__regular people. There aren’t secrets anymore. The notion of private life has changed.As society has become __45__ fast-paced, most of us are really unaware of these changes in our lives. We are moving into a time when our __46__ personality is going to be more important than our actual physical __47__. What we have online is going to be more important than what we do offline. We are now socially judged by our virtual profiles.In the age of “ peep culture, ” a tell-all, show-all, know-all digital phenomenon is __48__ changing notions of privacy, individuality, security, and even humanity. Susan Boyle became a(n) __49__ celebrity because of peep culture. The entire world was staring at her after her __50__from a resident of a small Scottish town to a global celebrity. We like the story because she’s like a movie,but she’s real.III.Reading ComprehensionSection ADirections: For each blank in the following passage there are four words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.New research offers fresh insight on when to launch a product or service, and shows that being first to market isn’t always a competitive advantage.In 2004, David Cohen had an idea for a social network for mobile phones that would connect users in the real world. His company, called iContact, launched a beta version ( 测试版 ), and seemed ready to tap the muchpublicized mobile software market. Cohen, then 36, had already founded a successful software company. __51__, after 18 months, he was unable to get phone carriersto distribute his software, and he closed the company.Bets on mobile applications didn’t begin to __52__ until Apple’s iPhone app storeopened the market in 2008.Conventional __53__ says being first to market creates a competitive advantage. Reality is more complicated. Market opportunities are __54__ opening and closing, and a hit idea at one point co uld be a failure a year earlier or a yawning “ me too ” business a year later. It’s tough---likely __55__ ---to identify the best moment to enter a market, but common sense dictates new entrepreneurs ( 创业人 ) can improve their odds ( 机会 ) if they __56__ how much they bearto gain or lose by waiting.New academic research suggests one way entrepreneurs can __57__whether they should enter a market first or wait on the sidelines. The decision depends on how hostile ( 不利的 ) the learning environment is; __58__, how much entrepreneurs can learn by observing other players before they __59__, compared to what they learn from participating after they enter, according to Moren Levesque, an entrepreneurship researcher at the University of Waterloo. Levesque, along with professors Maria Minniti of Southern Methodist University and Dean Shepherd of Indiana University, used a mathematical __60__ to weigh the risks and benefits of entering the market early. Their research is among the first to explore “ how different learnin g environments may influence the entry behavior of entrepreneurs.”The key tothe academics’ findings on timing is this: In a hostile learning environment, entrepreneurs gain relatively __61__ benefit by watching others. For example, if the relevant knowle dge is __62__intellectual property, studying the market before entering wouldn’t yield much advantage. In these situations, the trade-off ( 权衡利弊 ) __63__ entering early. But in less hostile learning environments, where entrepreneurs gain valuable information __64__to increase their success just by watching other companies, companies benefit from waiting and learning lessons from earlier player s. IContact’s successors, for example, may have learned from watching the company’s trouble in getting mobile networks to distribute their software, a barrier that was __65__ by the iPhone’s app store.51. A. Otherwise B. Moreover C.However D. Therefore52. A. pay in B. pay back C. pay for D. pay off53. A. custom B. wisdom C. habit D. experience54. A. completely B. confusingly C. constantly D. increasingly55. A. impossible B. possible C. potential D. manageable56. A. imagine B. interpret C. weigh D. measure57. A. value B. evaluate C. ensure D. convince58. A. after all B. as a result C.in other words D.in addition59. A. launch B. campaign C. strike D. function60. A. version B. pattern C. example D. model61. A. few B. many C. little D. much62. A. provided B. protected C. shared D. improved63. A. favors B. dislikes C. opposes D. concerns64. A. unlikely B. likely C. unbelievable D. questionable65. A. lowered B. created C. resolved D. removedSection BDirections: Read the following three passages. Each passage is followed by several questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one that fits best according to the information given in the passage you have just read.( A )Some plants get so hungry that they eat flies, spiders, and even small frogs. What’s more amazing is that these plants occur naturally (in special environments) in every state. In fact, they’re found on e very continent except Antarctica.You’ve probably seen a Venus’ flytrap. It’s often sold in museum gift stores, department stores, and even supermarkets. A small plant, it grows 6 to 8 inches tall in a container. At the end of its stalks (茎) are specially modified leaves that act like traps. Inside each trap is a lining of tiny trigger (触发) hairs. When an insect lands on them, the trap suddenly shuts. Over the course of a week or so, the plant feeds on its catch.The Venus’ flytrap is just one of more than 500 species of meat-eating plants, says Barry Meyers-Rice, the editor of the International Carnivorous ( 食肉的) Plant Society’s Newsletter. Note: Despite any science-fiction stories you might have read, no meat-eating plant does any danger to humans.Dr. Meyers-Rice says a plant is meat-eating, only if it does all four of the following: “attract, kill, digest, and absorb”some form of insects, including flies, butterflies, and moths. Meat-eating plants look and act like other green plants---well, most of the time.All green plants make sugar through a process called photosynthesis (光合作用). Plants use the sugar to make food. What makes “meat-eating” plants different is their bug-catching leaves. They need insects for one reason: nitrogen (氮). Nitrogen is a nutrient that they can’t obtain any other way. While almost all green plants on our planet get nitrogen from the soil,“ meat-eating” plants can’t. They live in places where nutrients are hard or almost impossible to get from the soil because of its acidity. So they’ve come to rely on getting nitrogen from insects and small animals. In fact, nutrient-rich soil is poisonous to “meat-eating” plants. Never fertilize them! But don’t worry, either, if they never seem to catch any insects. They can survive, but they’ll grow very slowly.66. According to the passage, carnivorous plants ___________.A. only grow in wild fieldB. are rare to seeC. are as common as fliesD. cannot grow on Antarctica67. Venus’ flytrap preys on insects by ___________.A. its numerous long and thin stalksB. a container where it growsC. its insect-catching leavesD. the lining of tiny trigger hairs68. We can conclude from the third paragraph that ___________.A. carnivorous plants are dangerousB. carnivorous plants are fictionalC. carnivorous plants occasionally eat booksD. carnivorous plants are harmless to humans69. In the eyes of the author, which of the following statements is TRUE?A. Carnivorous plants cannot grow in acid soil.B. Carnivorous plants can grow in nutrient-poor soil.C. Carnivorous plants will die if they cannot catch any insects.D. Carnivorous plants can get nitrogen from nutrient-rich soil( B )“ Asia’s Challenge 2020 ” Essay PrizeDESCRIPTIONWhat is the most important challenge facing Asia over the next decade? Why? What should be done about it?The best answer in 3,000 words or less will win a prize of $2,500. Two runners-up will be awarded prizes of $1,000 each. These three prize winners will be invited to Singapore for an expenses-paid awards ceremony. The winning articles will be posted on Time. com.PURPOSEThe main purpose of the essay prize is to generate fresh ideas for tackling key challenges to Asia’s continued competitiveness and development, as well as encourage young professionals to make an impact on public policy and business in Asia.SELECTION CRITERIAThe essay will be judged according to creativity, innovation, rigor of research and writing, as well as achievability of idea. It can be focused on one or more areas relevant to Asia, such as macro-economics, business, international relations, trade and investment, education, healthcare, urban development, science and technology, and energy and the environment. The essay must be written in English. It should not have been previously published in English in a publication with broad international circulation.CANDIDATE REQUIREMENTSThe candidate authoring the essay must be under 32 years of age as of December 31, 2010. The candidate must be an Asian national.SUBMISSIONREQUIREMENTSThe essay should be submitted electronically to prize@ asiabusinesscouncil. Org. by August 31, 2010. Prize winners will be announced in September 2010.The submission should contain the candidate’s full name, nationality, and month and year of birth. The essay should include a title and word count.70. What is the main purpose of the essay prize?A. To select young professionals of both ability and imagination.B. To predict the prospects of Asia in the next decade.C. To issue the challenges facing Asia.D. To inspire brilliant ideas for solving problems in Asia.71. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?A. The winners of the essay prize can travel to Singapore for free.B. Articles published in local newspapers will not be accepted.C.Young people from Russia or Australia are excluded from the essay prize.D. The candidate’s article can deal with several aspects of developments in Asia.72. The candidate’s article should be sent ___________.A. by air mailB. by e-mailC. by surface mailD. by express mail( C )According to Nielsen, the average number of mobile phone calls we make is dropping every year, after hitting a peak in 2007. And our calls are getting shorter: In 2005 they averaged three minutes in length; now they’re almost half tha t.We are moving, in other words, toward a fascinating cultural transition: the death of the telephone call. This shift is particularlyplainamong the young. Some college students I know go days without talking into their smartphones at all.This generatio n doesn’t make phone calls, because everyone is in constant, lightweight contact in so many other ways: texting, chatting, and social-network messaging. And we don’t just have more options than we used to. We have better ones: These new forms of communication have exposed the fact that the voice call is badly designed. It deserves to die. Consider: If I suddenly decide I want to dial you up, I have no way of knowing whether you’re busy, and you have no idea why I’m calling.We have to open Schrödinger’s box every time, having a conversation to figure out whether it’s OK to have a conversation. Plus, voice calls are emotionally high-bandwidth, which is why it’s so weirdly exhausting to be interrupted by one. ( We apparently find voicemail even more torturous: Studies show that more than a fifth of all voice messages are never listened to. ) The telephone, in other words, doesn’t provide any information about status, so we are constantly interrupting one another. The other tools at our disposal are more polite. Instant messaging lets us detect whether our friends are busy without our annoying them, and texting lets us ping one another but not at the same time. ( Plus, we can spend more time thinking about what we want to say. ) Despite the hue and cry about beco ming an “ always on ” society, we’re actually moving away from the demand that everyone should be available immediately.We’ll still make fewer phone calls, as most of our former phone time will migrate to other media. But the calls we do make will be longer, reserved for the sort of deep discussion that the medium does best.As video chatting becomes more common, enabled by the new iPhone and other devices, we might see the growth of persistent telepresence, leaving video-chat open all day so we can speak to a spouse or colleague spontaneously. Or, to put it another way, we’ll call less but talk more.73. The writer of the text thinks that what is happening with mobile phone calls is ________.A. an unexpected occurrenceB. a strange but very predictable factC. an interesting social phenomenonD. negative for social interaction74. In paragraph 3, the writer’s attitude towards phone voice calls is __________.A. doubtfulB. concernedC. positiveD. negative75. The phrase “ hue and cry ” in paragraph 5 means __________.A. appealB. protestC. claimD. argument76. What does the writer think will happen to voice calls in the future?A. They will only be used in emergencies.B. They will continue to get more expensive.C. They will only be used between family members.D. They will be used mainly for intimate and detailed discussions.77. What is the best title of the passage?A. Video ChattingB. Talking into SmartphonesC. The Death of the Phone CallD. Mobile Phone callsSection CDirections: Read the passage carefully. Then answer the questions or complete the statements in the fewest possible words.Next week, as millions of families gather for their Thanksgiving feasts, many other Americans will go without. According to the United States Department of Agriculture, more than 12 million households lack enough food for everyone in their family at some time during the year---including holidays.Hunger is surprisingly widespread in our country---one of the world’s wealthiest---yet the government estimates that we waste almost 100 billion pounds of food each year, more than one-quarter of our total supply.Reducing this improper distribution of resources is a goal of America’s Second Harvest, the nation’s largest domestic hunger-relief organization. Last year, it distributed nearly 2 billion pounds of food to more than 23 million people in need.America’s Second Harvest is a network of 214 inter-connected food banks and other organizations that gather food from growers, processors, grocery stores and restaurants. In turn, the network distributes food to some 50,000 soup kitchens,homeless shelters and old people’s centers in every county of every state.A great deal of work is involved in distributing tons of food from thousands of donors to thousands of small, nonprofit organizations. Until a few years ago, America’s Second Harvest lacked any effective way to manage their inventory ( 存货 ). Without accurate and timely information, soup kitchens were sometimes empty while food was left to spoil in loading places.In 2000, America’s Second Harvest began to use a new inventory and financial-management system---Ceres. It is software designed specifically for hunger-relief operations. It is used by more than 100 America’s Second Harvest organizations to track food from donation to distribution.Ceres has helped reduce the spoiling of food and improve distribution. An evaluation found that the software streamlined( 提高效率 ) food banks’ operations by 23 percent in the first year alone.With more accurate and timely reports, Ceres saves time, frees staff members to focus on finding new donors, and promises more efficient use of donations.Hunger in America remains a troubling social problem. Technology alone cannot solve it. But in the hands of organizations such as America’s Second Harvest, it is a powerful tool that is helping to make a difference---and helping more Americans to join in the feast.(Note: Answer the questions or complete the statements in NO MORE THAN TEN WORDS.)78.What is the total supply of food in America every year according to the passage ?_____________________________________________________________.79.By “ this improper distribution of resources ” in Paragraph 3, the writer means that manyAmericans ____________________________food while others ____________________________ food.80.What problem was America’s Second Harvest faced with in distributing food before Ceres wascreated?_____________________________________________________________.81.Thanks to ____________________________________________________ provided by Ceres, morestaff are freed to be committed to finding new donors and America’s Second Harvest is able to give out food more efficiently.第II卷(共47分)I. TranslationDirections: Translate the following sentences into English, using the words given in the brackets.1.有可能防止金融危机将来再次发生吗? ( possible )2.除非采取紧急措施,否则我们的计划将泡汤。
静安区2016-2017高三一模英语
静安区2016-2017高三一模英语一、词汇题Choose the word that best completes the sentence:"The _____ of the concert was a famous violinist from Italy."A. headlinerB. audienceC. venueD. ensembleFind the word in the text that means the opposite of "include":"The package deal does not _____ taxes and gratuities."A. excludeB. containC. involveD. omit二、语法题Choose the sentence that is grammatically correct:A. If I had known earlier, I could have prepared better.B. Had I known earlier, I would have prepared better.C. If I know earlier, I would prepare better.D. If I had known earlier, I would prepare better.Identify the sentence that uses the correct tense:A. When I was a child, I go to the park every day.B. When I was a child, I went to the park every day.C. When I am a child, I go to the park every day.D. When I am a child, I went to the park every day.三、阅读理解题Read the following passage and answer the question:Passage:In recent years, the popularity of e-books has skyrocketed. Many people prefer reading on electronic devices due to their convenience and portability. However, some argue that reading from a screen can be harmful to the eyes and may affect concentration. Despite these concerns, the trend towards digital reading shows no signs of slowing down.Question:What is the main argument against e-books mentioned in the passage?A. They are not as convenient as physical books.B. They can be harmful to the eyes and affect concentration.C. They are not as popular as physical books.D. They are more expensive than physical books.Complete the summary of the following text:Text:The Great Barrier Reef is the largest coral reef system in the world, located off the coast of Australia. It is home to a diverse range of marine life, including many species of fish, turtles, and sharks. However, the reef is facing numerous threats, such as climate change, pollution, and overfishing. Conservation efforts are ongoing to protect this valuable ecological resource.Summary:The Great Barrier Reef is the largest coral reef system in the world, located off the coast of Australia. It is a habitat for diverse marine life. However, it faces numerous threats due to ____________, ____________, and ____________. Conservation efforts are being made to protect this important ecological resource.。
2017一模 静安区
2017上海静安区高三一模英语写作范文作文需求:VI. Guide writingDirection: Write an English composition in 120-150 words according to the introduction given below in Chinese.简要描述图片,并结合实例谈谈你的看法。
作文范例True friendshipFriendship is to our life what salt is to dishes. It is one of the greatest pleasures that we can enjoy. True friends double your happiness and half your sorrow. When you are happy, friendship is just like adding flowers on the brocade; if you are in trouble, friends will remove the barriers for you. True friendship is as precious as diamond which is hard to gain. It doesn’t appear in sunshine, but in rain.An acquaintance merely enjoys your company, a fair-weather companion flatters when all is well, a true friend is eager to help you whenever necessary. Some people make friends for their own benefits. These people are not really true friends. They only want to be your friends if it is to their advantage. some others can accompany you when you are in happiness and success but may turn a blind eye to you if you are in a trouble. Bythis time, you should know who are your true friends. As the old saying goes,“A friend in need is a friend in deed”. When black clouds get overhead, remember that you have a friend though she/he may wander far. There are still true friends in this world! They are diamonds in the rough, but they appear when times get tough! You'll find them when you fall down–they're the ones who pick you up. When you get up again, you will learn who your true friends are.One gets to know who your true friends are because there will be lots of fair-weather friends around when times are easy but when times get so tough, only true friends will come to you no matter how. True friendship does not appear in sunshine, but in rain.如果想要咨询高中英语相关课程内容可以拨打免费电话:4000-820-5040!或者直接访问查看我们相关课程详情页面:高考英语培训课程。
上海市各区2016-2017年高三英语一模汇编----选词填空-老师版(已经校对)
Why Aren’t Women Happier?Why aren’t women happier these days?That’s the question raised by a thought-provoking study, The Paradox of Declining Female Happiness, __31__ last month. The research showed that over the past 35 years women’s happiness has declined, both __32__ to the past and relative to men even though the lives of women in the US have improved in recent decades by most __33__ measures.The research, by University of Pennsylvania economists Stevenson and Wolfers, and made __34__ by the National Bureau of Economic Research, found the decline in happiness to be widespread among women across a variety of demographic (人口统计的) groups. The researchers, for instance, measured similar declines in happiness among women who were single parents and married parents, “__35__ doubt on the hypothesis (假设) that trends in marriage and divorce, single parenthood or work/family __36__ are at the root of the happiness declines among women,” they wrote.One theory for the decline in happiness is that expectations for workplace and general advancement were raised too high by the women’s movement and women might feel __37__ for not “having it all,” as a Los Angeles Times columnist recently put it.The researchers acknowledge that’s a __38__:“If the women’s movement raised women’s expectations faster than society was ab le to meet them,” the paper says, “they would be more likely to experience __39__ in their lives.” But they add things could change for the better: “As women’s expectations move into adjustment with their experiences, this decline in happiness may reverse.”Readers, why do you think women are unhappier than in the past? Do you think that if expectations for “having it all” were __40__ to “move into adjustment with experiences,” women might be happier?31-40:DKHAF JBGECFirst Aid: Difference between Death and LifeFirst aid is emergency care for a victim of sudden illness or injury until more skillful medical treatment is available. It may save a life or improve certain ___31___ signs including pulse, temperature, and breathing. First aid must be ___32___ as quickly as possible. In the case of the critically injured, a few minutes can make the difference between complete recovery and loss of life.First-aid ___33___ depend upon a victim’s needs and the provider’s level of knowledge and skill. Knowing what not to do in an emergency is as important as knowing what to do. For example, ___34___ moving a person with a neck injury can lead to permanent health problems.Despite the variety of injuries possible, several ___35___ of first aid apply to all emergencies. The first step is to call for professional medical help. The victim, if conscious, should be reassured that medical aid has been requested, and asked for permission to provide any first aid. Next, ___36___ the scene, asking other people or the injured person’s family or friends about details of the injury or illness, any care that may have already been given, and ___37___ conditions such as heart trouble. Unless the accident scene becomes unsafe or the victim may suffer further injury, do not move the victim.First aid requires rapid assessment of victims to determine whether ___38___ conditions exist. One method for ___39___ a victim’s condition is known by the acronym ABC, which stands for:A – Airway: is it open and clear?B – Breathing: is the person breathing? Look, listen and feel for breathing.C –Circulation: is there a pulse? Is the person bleeding ___40___? Check skin color and temperature for additional indications of circulation problems.31-40 KAGEJ BIFCDImagine an urban neighborhood where most of the cars are self-driving. What would it be like to be a pedestrian?Actually, pretty good. In fact, pedestrians might end up with the run of the place. In a new study published in the Journal of Planning Education and Research, Millard-Ball looks at the __31__ of urban areas where a majority of vehicles are “autonomous” or self-driving. It’s a phenomenon that’s not as far off as one might think.“Autonomous vehicles have the potential to __32__ travel behavior,” Millard-Ball says. He uses game theory to __33__ the interactions between pedestrians and self-driving vehicles, with a focus on yielding at crosswalks.Because autonomous vehicles are by design risk-averse, Millard-Ball's model suggests that pedestrians will be able to act with impunity, and he thinks autonomous vehicles may facilitate a shift towards pedestrian-oriented urban neighborhoods. However, Millard-Ball also finds that the __34__ of autonomous vehicles may be hampered by their strategic disadvantage that slows them down in urban traffic.“Pedestrians routinely play the game of chicken,” Millard-Ball writes. Crossing the street, even at a marked crosswalk without a traffic signal, requires a probability calculation: what are the odds of survival?The benefit of crossing the street __35__, instead of waiting for a gap in traffic, is traded off against the probability of injury or even death. Pedestrians know that drivers are not interested in running them down -- usually. But there is the chance a driver may be __36__, or drunk.Self-driving cars are __37__ to obey the rules of the road, including waiting for pedestrians to cross. They could provide the most __38__ transformation in urban transportation systems. Parking, street design, and transportation service networks are likely to be revolutionized. In his latest study, Millard-Ball suggests that the potential benefits of self-driving cars -- avoiding __39__ of traffic and traffic accidents -- may be outweighed by the drawbacks of an always play-it-safe vehicle that slows traffic for everybody.“From the point of view of a passenger in an automated car, it would be like driving down a street filled with __40__ five-year-old children,” Millard-Ball writes.Alternatively, planners could seize the opportunity to create more pedestrian-oriented streets. Autonomous vehicles could start a new era of pedestrian domination.31—40 K H B D A I C G E FThis invention, commonly used in offices and households throughout the world, came about as a result of a series of accidents. In 1968 Spencer Silver, who was working for a company called 3M at the time, was trying to produce super-strong adhesive, a substance making things sticky together, to be used in the building of plane s. This, however, wasn’t successful and instead he succeeded in creating an extremely weak adhesive that was 31 to pressure. This new adhesive had two advantages: it could be removed from surfaces quite easily and it could be reused. In spite of these two 32 features, nobody could see any practical use for it. In the end, the invention was 33 .A few years later, Art Fry, a product development engineer working for 3M, decided to use this adhesive for 34 use. He stuck strips of paper in a book as page marker and a whole new concept was born. However, the idea still wasn’t without35 . The challenge was to make the glue stay on the sticky note itself, rather than peeling off and staying on the surface it was 36 to. Two more 3M employees were brought in and set the task of producing a coating for the adhesive so that it wouldn’t come off and they37 just that.Unfortunately, 3M bosses still believed that this invention wasn’t going to be 38 successful and people would continue to use crap paper(小纸条) for their notes rather than sticky notes. This is why sticky notes were only tested within the company, where they became extremely popular. It wasn’t until many years later that 3M bosses finally decided to give out a vast amount of free 39 to other companies to see if anyone would be interested in buying them. To their surprise, 90 per cent of the companies approached went on to order more stickynotes. This went beyond anybody’s 40 . Nowadays, sticky notes come in a variety of shapes and colours and are sold in more than 100 countries.31-35 JGKFE 36-40 ADBICThe rise in stories describing events that never happened, often involving fake people in fake places, has led to Facebook and Google’s (31) ____ to deal with them. But are we really so easy to fool? According to several studies, the answer is yes: even the most obvious fake news starts to become believable if it’s (32)_____ enough times.In the months running up to the US election there was a surge(大浪) in fake news. According to an analysis by Craig Silverman, a journalist, during this time the top 20 fake stories in circulation (33)_____ the top 20 stories from 19 mainstream publishers.Paul Horner, a creative publisher of fake news, has said he believes Donald Trump was elected because of him. “My sites were picked up by Trump supporters all the time… His followers don’t fact-check anything –they’ll post everything, believe anything,” he told the Washington Post.Silverman previously (34)_____ rumours circulating online in 2014 and found that shares and social interactions around fake news articles dwarfed(使...相形见绌) those of the articles that exposed them. According to Silverman, fake news stories are engineered to appeal to people’s hopes and fears, and aren’t (35)_____ by reality, which gives them the edge in creating shareable content.You might think you’re immune to falling for these lies, but a wealth of research disagrees. Back in the 1940s, researchers found that “the more a rumour is told, the more (36)_____ it sounds”. They suggested this means that a rumour born out of mild suspicion can, by gaining currency, shift public thinking and opinion.This false impression of truth was (37)_____ practically in 1977 when researchers in the US quizzed college students on the actuality of statements that they were told may be true or false. The researchers found that simply repeating the statements at a later date was enough to increasethe (38)______ of the students believing them.Last year, Lisa Fazio at Vanderbilt University in Tennessee and her team found that students become more likely to believe a statement that they know must be false if it is repeated.“Our research suggests that false news can and likely does affect people’s (39)_____. Even if people are conscious that a headline is false, reading it multiple times will make it seem more trustworthy,” Fazio says.Reassuringly, the team found that a person’s knowledge still has a large influence over their beliefs, but it’s still a worryin g (40)______ given that falsehoods appear repeatedly in our newsfeeds every day.31-40:BEAJF HKCGIThere is distinction between reading for information and reading for understanding. Thus we can ____31____ the word “reading” in two distinct senses.The first sense is the one in which we read newspapers, magazines, or anything else. We can get ____32____ to the content of those materials easily. Such materials may increase our store of information, but they cannot improve our understanding. And clearly we don’t have any difficulty in gaining the new information, for our understanding was ____33____ to them before we started. Otherwise, we would have felt the shock of puzzlement.The second sense is the one in which we read something that at first we do not completely understand. Here the thing to be read is at the first sight better or higher than the reader. The writer is communicating something that can ____34____ the reader’s understanding. Such communication between unequals must be possible. Otherwise one person could never learn from another. Here “learning” means understanding more, not remembering more information.What are the ____35____ in this kind of reading? First, there is inequality in understanding. The writer must be “____36____” to the reader in understanding. Besides, his book must ____37____ something he possesses and his potential readers lack. Second, the readermust be able to overcome this inequality in some degree. And he should always try to ____38____ the same level of understanding with the writer. If the equality is ____39____, success of communication is achieved.Besides gaining information and understanding, there’s another goal of reading - entertainment. It is the least ____40____ and requires the least amount of effort. Everyone who knows how to read can read for entertainment if he wants to. In fact, any book that can be read for understanding or information can probably be read for entertainment as well.31-40 DGAFI JHEKBThe meaning of silence varies among cultural group. Silence may be 31___, or they may be empty when a person has nothing to say. A silence in a conversation may also show stubbornness, uneasiness, or worry. Silence may be viewed by some cultural groups as extremely uncomfortable; therefore attempts may be made to fill every 32 with conversation. Persons in other cultural groups value silence and view it. as necessary for understanding a person’s needs.Many native Americans value silence and feel it is a basic part of 33 among people, just as some traditional Chinese and Thai persons do. Therefore, when a person from one of these culture is speaking and suddenly stops, what may be 34 is that the person wants the listener to consider what has been said before continuing. In these culture, silence is a call for 35____.Other cultures may use silence in other ways, particularly when dealing with 36 among people or in relationships of people with different amounts of power. For example, Russian, French, and Spanish persons may use silence to show 37 between parties about the topic under discussion. However, Mexicans may use silence when instructions are given by a person in authority rather than be rude to that person by arguing with him or her. In still another use, persons in Asian cultures may view silence as a sign of respect, particularly to an cider or a person in authority.Nurses and other care-givers need to be aware of the 38 meanings of silence when they come across the personal anxiety their patients may be experiencing. Nurses should recognize their own personal and cultural construction of silence so that a patient’s silence is not39 too early or allowed to go on unnecessarily. A nurse who understands the healing 40 of silencecan use this understanding to assist in the care of patients from their own and from other cultures 31-40: EIACB KGJDFIn late February, a mainland tourist caused a disturbance on a Hong Kong subway. Thereason? Eating in public.In Hong Kong it is 31._____ to eat on the subway, and when the tourist was scolded by a Hong Kong local, the situation escalated(升级)into a verbal slinging match.In New York City, eating on the subway is also controversial. No law bans the practice, buta Democratic state senator (参议员) introduced one last week. The 32._____ law would ban eating on the subway system and 33._____ first time violators $250 (1,579 yuan), according to the New York Times. Proponents of the bill argue that eating on the subway attracts rats. Others say the broader target should be litterbugs, rather than those who carefully sip their coffee and eat their bread on the way to work. They also argue that "street food" is an important part of New York's culture and history. Banning its 34.______ in public areas such as the subway would have negative effects.Street food, and eating in public places is a deep-rooted cultural practice in cities as diverse as New York, Beijing and Paris. While 35______, it has been traditionally thought of as the behavior of the lower classes. Eating in public was (and in some places, still is) associated with 36______, poorer people. In the 19th century, eating in public was seen as a threat to morality and public health. Putnam's (a popular magazine at the time) stated: "Eating in public may cause a certain 37._______ofmanner and disinterest in little ladies and gentlemen. It was something people in the Victorian era did not want to 38._____. A recent New York Times article drew a link between this moral 39.______ about street food and concern over the growing populations of Irish, German, Italian and Jewish 40.____ who ran food carts in the 1800s.Whether you love eating street food, or have to eat your breakfast on the run, it's best to beconsiderate when enjoying a bite in public.31-40 EFKHB CIAGDSmart Phone Application Tracks Mental HealthMilitary service is obviously rough on a service member’s mental health. According to some 31____, 30 percent of service members develop some type of mental health issue within four months of returning home after leaving the army.The military is spending more money than ever to 32____mental health issues within the ranks, and their latest attempt is a smart phone application called the T2 MoodTracker application, which helps service members keep track of their mental health after leaving the army. The app works like a high-tech diary, allowing users to 33____ emotions and behaviors that result from therapy, medication, daily experiences or changes happening at work or in the home. The smart phone app isn’t supposed to be a pocket 34 ____, though. It serves more as an extremely accurate and 35 ____record of a service member’s mental health.Perry Bosmajian is a psychologist with the National Center for TeleHealth and Technology, where this smart phone app was created. He says this smart phone app will produce much more accurate results on the 36 ____conditions of service members who have returned home. “Therapists and physicians often have to rely on patient 37____ when trying to gather information about sympt oms over the previous weeks or months,”Bosmajian said. “Research has shown that information collected after the fact, especially about mood, tends to be 38____. The best record of an experience is when it’s recorded at the time and place it happens.”The app specifically tracks anxiety, depression, general well-being, life stress, post-traumatic (受伤后的)stress and brain injury. The daily expressions add up over time to produce a(n) 39____ that can be observed by physicians and therapists.The app has been downloaded more than 5,000 times since it became 40____ on the Android Market a year ago. Users of iPhones can also have access to the app some time next year.31-40 DJFIC BKGHACould It Be a Work by Rembrandt(伦勃朗)Rembrandt is the most famous of the seventeenth-century Dutchpainters.However, there are 31 whether some paintings attributed (归属)to Rembrandt were actually painted by him. One such painting isknown as attributed to Rembrandt because of its style, and indeed therepresentation of the woman’s face is very much like that of portraitsknown to be by Rembrandt. But there are problems with the painting that32 it could not be a work by Rembrandt.First, there is something inconsistent(不一致) about the way the woman in the 33 is dressed. She is wearing a white linen cap of a kind that only servants would wear—-yet the coat she is wearing has a 34 fur collar that no servant could afford. Rembrandt, who was known for his attention to the details of his subjects' clothing, would not have been 35 of such an inconsistency.Second, Rembrandt was a master of painting light and 36 ____ , but in this painting these elements do not fit together. The face appears to be illuminated(照亮)by light 37 onto it from below. But below the face is the dark fur collar, which would absorb light rather than reflect it. So the face should appear partially in shadow, which is not how it appears. Rembrandt would never have made such an error.Finally, examination of the back of the painting 38 that it was painted on a panel made of several pieces of wood ___39___ together. Although Rembrandt often painted on wood panels (面板)s no painting known to be by Rembrandt was painted in this way.For these reasons, the painting was _____ 40 ___ from the official catalog of Rembrandt’s paintings in the 1930s.31-40 HKDCB JFIAGNINE people died and 43 were injured in two rear-end crashes on Shanghai’s S32 Expressway that occurred during heavy fog yesterday morning.Two were 31 dead at the scene in one of the accidents, and five were found dead in the other. Two more people died in hospital, police said.Police first received a report at 5:54 am that 32 vehicles had crashed on the S32, near a ramp of S2. The S32 links Shanghai with Zhejinag Province’s Jiaxing and Huzhou.Two people were killed after getting out of their vehicle to see what was causing congestion ahead. They were hit by an out of control tanker, police said.When police arrived at that scene, they found a further five people had been killed when a construction vehicle was crushed by two large vehicles from both front and back. The crash was about three kilometers away from the accident that killed the two people on the expressway. The injured were sent to local hospitals.Some drivers reported that the road was very 33 and braking had led to vehicles losing control. “The fog was very heavy,” an unidentified driver told Shangh ai Television Station. “When I saw the accident ahead, I wanted to slow down and 34 . But once I hit the brake, the vehicle went out of control.”Zhoupu Hospital treated 12 people. “One of the 35 died on the road to the hospital,” Ding Fuhao, a doctor with the hospital, told the television station. “Three were 36 injured.”The city’s meteorological authority 37 an orange alert on heavy fog at 6:06 am, meaning 38 would be lower than 200 meters in some areas.The dense fog hit coastal areas in particular, including Chongming Island, Pudong New Area, Baoshan and Fengxian districts. The alert was 39 at 9:44am. This was Shanghai’sfirst orange alert of heavy fog since the arrival of autumn.Several expressways in the city were closed or subject to speed limits yesterday morning. Pudong International Airport was also affected by the bad weather. The airport’s traffic was about 60 percent less than normal in the morning but picked up the 40 after the orange alert was canceled, the city’s television station said.31-35 DCIAB 36-40 HCKJEGood news for giant panda lovers: the cute and cuddly creature has just been brought back from the edge of extinction.The International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) __31__ the species from “endangered” to “vulnerable” as the union released its updated Red List on Sept. 4 at Hawaii with their __32__ growing by 17 percent in the decade leading up to 2014.Chinese conservation efforts, including forest protection and reforestation, are considered to be the __33__ force behind the animal's re-prosperity. The number of panda __34__ in China has also jumped to 67, from 13 in 1992. Nearly two-thirds of all wild pandas live there. Restoring the panda’s habitat has given them back their space wit h food available to them.Apart from giant pandas, the Tibetan Antelope has also moved from “endangered” to “near threatened”. According to a statement from IUCN, the animal's numbers have shrunk severely - dropping from around 1 million to a(n) __35__ 65,000 -- 72,500 in the 1980s and early 1990s - due to commercial poaching (偷猎). Rigorous protection has since been __36__ to protect the beasts and the population is now likely to be between 100,000 and 150,000.Despite the improved __37__,wild animals like the giant panda and the Tibetan Antelope still face challenges. The IUCN warned, for example, that ongoing threats from climate change could eliminate more than 35 percent of the panda's bamboo habitat in the next 80 years, which would __38__ the species recent gains.Good progress has been made but there is still work to do. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species is devoted to __39__ species from around the world and their statuses in relation to theirrisk of extinction. The list currently has eight categories, including extinct, extinct in the wild, __40__ endangered, endangered, vulnerable, near threatened, least concern and data deficient. These categories are based on criteria relating to population trends, size and structure, and geographic range.31---40 G E H C F J A K D IDonald Trump 31 his place as the United States’ 45th president after crossing the 270 electoral vote threshold (门槛) on November 9. The 70-year-old Republican will take over from Barack Obama, a two-term president to occupy the White House.The rise of Trump, a celebrity businessman with no previous experience in the 32 or elected office, surprised nearly everyone in politics. Trump’s victory over Clinton will end eight years of Democratic 33 of the White House. He will govern with Congress fully under Republican control and lead a country deeply 34 by his campaign against Clinton. Given the numerous Republicans who never backed him, Trump will have to face divisions within his own party, too.As he claimed victory, Trump 35 Americans to “come together as one united people.” “I pledge to every citizen of our land that I will be president for all Americans,” he said in his victory speech. Striking a gentle tone, Trump continued that he would reach out to a few of those who had chosen not to support him for 36 an d help so that “we can work together and unify our great country.”As president, Trump’s government agenda remains unclear. The president-elect has promised to bring changes to the United States. He said he would build a wall along the U.S-Mexico border to stop immigrants from coming into the country 37 , 38 immigration from countries with ties to terrorist groups, and bargain with foreign governments such as those of Russia and China. Trump has also promised to prioritize the economic growth that creates jobs and 39 incomes for all Americans.Trump is a wild card, many voters said, but the definitely has a chance to be a successful president as long as recognizes the responsibilities he 40 and follows through on his promises.31---40 JFACE HKGBDHave you ever watched a television show or a movie and felt like you were watching a really long commercial? If so, then you’ve fallen __31__ to bad product placement (产品植入). Clever marketing folks want their products to be __32__ within a scene, but not the focus. When done correctly, product placement can add a sense of realism to a movie or television show.Product placement __33__ from as early as 1950s when a drinks company paid to have a character in the movie The African Queen toss loads of their product overboard. Since then, there have been countless placements in thousands of movies.Sometimes product placement just happens. A set dresser (布景人员) might think of something that __34__ the level of credibility or realism of the story. One example is the use of a can of ant killer in a violent fight scene in the popular television programme The Sopranos. A spokeswoman for the manufacturer said if the company had not been __35__ about the use of their product, they would not have given it a thumbs-up.Arranged product placement deals are more prevailing. The most common type is a simple exchange of the product for the placement. A deal is made; in exchange for the airtime, the cast and crew are provided with a(n) __36__ supply of the company's products.Sometimes, a gift of the product isn’t an appropriate form of compensation, so the deal __37__ with money works well. Someone from a manufacturer’s marketing team hears about a movie project, and approaches the set dresser with a(n) __38__ attractive proposal. They come to an agreement, and the product makes a number of __39__ casual appearances. Both teams are happy.Before product placement really saw a rapid growth in the mid-1980s, it was pretty much ado-it-yourself __40__. Now there are entire agencies that can handle the job. Some larger corporations will dedicate personnel to seek out opportunities for placement within films, television shows —even games and music.keys:31-40 FJEIA BGCKDIn recent years, there has been a growing emphasis on developing stronger science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) curriculum(课程) and programs, as these discipline are widely ___31____ as the means to help innovation and support national economies.This trend reflects a shift in how school discipline are being looked at; schools are ____32____ on subject that have traditionally been isolated from each other -----science, mathematics, and art --- in favor of deeper, interdisciplinary learning. K-12 education leaders are pioneering new methods for combing the arts with STEMS activities, ____33____ the ways in which subjects naturally connect in the real world. While this new movement is being discussed almost clearly and directly in an education context, its roots are planted across nearly every industry. In many ways, technology is the connective tissue. Similarly, engineering new transportation technologies requires artful design. The growing ___34____ of the important unions between different skills is paving that way for STEAM in schools.Some doubts of this movement have dismissed_____35_____ as a mere fashion driven by artists who are concerned their profession is losing critical support in an increasingly technology-focused society. However, the Hilburn Academy argues that STEAM is not just a contemporary program of learning, but an important life philosophy----____36_____ for higher education and career success. Schools should provide students plentiful opportunities ____37_____the complexities and complicated layers that indicate concrete knowledge. Early examples of STEAM learning include teaching students how mathematical concepts such as geometry(几何学) are rooted in artworks.While the rise of STEAM learning is relatively new, there are already figures that prove the。
上海2016-2017学年高三英语一模二模--完型填空--家庭类+教育类(3篇)
2016-2017学年高三一模二模家庭教育类完型填空专项训练2017年一模松江区完形填空III. Reading ComprehensionSection ADirections: For each blank in the following passage there are four words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.How to help your kids find a purpose? You don’t have to start with the really big questions. “Quick, what’s the meaning of life?” Many of us may not be able to answer that, but that doesn’t __41__ our kids don’t have questions or need answers.“The sense that your personal life is __42__ to you is a basis of psychological well-being,” says Michael F. Steger, director of the laboratory for Meaning and Quality of Life at Colorado State University. Not only that, it is tightly tied to being happier, more positive, more __43__, more caring, more helpful, more resilient (坚韧),and more satisfied in your life, relationships, and work.But helping your kids find meaning doesn’t mean parents have to __44__ all life’s ancient mysteries, Steger says. The __45__ is to understand the difference between the meaning of life and the meaning in life.“We do not have to start with the biggest and most troubling questions about our lives,” Steger says. “We can start with trying to __46__ how, today, right now, we are going to do one thing that makes the story of our lives more positive, or makes a positive difference to someone else.”With kids in __47__ school, Steger says, “At the most basic level, our best hopes for our children are that they feel their lives matter and that they __48__.” To start conversations along those lines, says Steger, “You can ask questions about what they think their best __49__ or strengths are, whether they have good relationships with otherpeople, whether they care about others. You can ask them about times when they have made a difference, made someone feel better, felt __50__ for doing something, or helped someone out. All of these kinds of questions can start a conversation about your kid’s __51__ way of being in and contributing to the world.”In middle school, says Steger, “Kids are being exposed to ideas, behaviors, assumptions, and priorities that might be __52__ di fferent from the ones they have always assumed were true.” So for kids this age, parents can start conversations focusing on how your children’s sense of who they are, how they related to others and what life is has been __53__.By high school, according t o Steger, “We hope our children see how much their lives matter, see that they are at the beginning of an exciting and strengthening life story, and have some slight ideas about __54__.” But the question of what you want to do with your life is too big for a single conversation, says Steger. Instead, he encourages parents to have __55__, smaller conversations with their kids about how they view themselves and their lives, and what kind of impact they would like to make.41. A. intend B. mean C. remain D. hope42. A. significant B. decisive C. meaningful D. useful43. A. confident B. cautious C. intelligent D. special44. A. discover B. present C. memorize D. solve45. A. trick B. occupation C. address D. promise46. A. look for B. pick up C. deal with D. figure out47. A. junior B. advanced C. elementary D. senior48. A. make a difference B. spare no effort C. take the initiative D. make a living49. A. specialties B. qualities C. features D. performances50. A. appreciated B. prepared C. understood D. well-known51. A. apparent B. smart C. unique D. appropriate52. A. generally B. eventually C. impossibly D. completely53. A. improving B. strengthening C. appearing D. changing54. A. truth B. purpose C. positivity D. contribution55. A. permanent B. long-lasting C. frequent D. occasional Section A: 41----55 BCADA DCABA CDDBC较难词汇:1. address n. 住址;网址;称呼;讲话;演讲v. 称呼;发表演讲;写地址;处理2. take the initiative 采取主动;首先采取行动Initiative a, 自发的n. 首创精神;主动权;项目on one’s own initiative 主动地,自发地2017静安区一模完形填空I.Reading ComprehensionSection ADirections: For each blank in the following passage there are four words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.The two most common organizational patterns of the family are the nuclear family and the extended family. To a large extent, these patterns __41__ a society’s primary subsistence (存在) strategy.American social scientists have generally agreed that families everywhere fulfill four crucial social __42__: (a) reproduction of new members, (b) child care, (c) socialization of children to values, traditions, and norms of the society, and (d) intimacy and support for members. Although we can define the family __43__ its functions, the emphasis given to each of them varies widely both geographically and __44__. For example, in nineteenth-century America, people married mainly to have children. Today, emotional support among family members has now become the dominant function of the family, and the family has become an economic unit for consumption rather than for __45__.In recent years, social scientists have discovered important __46__ in family types, such as the single-parent family and the nuclear family fixed within a network of kin (亲戚). American families also __47__ according to social class. A couple’s social class affects the number of children they will decide to have, if any, and also the likelihood of __48__ to the family because of illness, death, or divorce. Social class also influences the amount of stress a marriage is likely to undergo and the way parents raise their children.__49__, the extent to which American families now differ by __50__ appears to be much less than it was fifty years ago.The American family has been __51__ in a number of ways over the past few decades. Many people aremarrying later, having children later, and having fewer children or none at all. These social changes have __52__ diverse household patterns, including single-person households and childless couples. Role changes are also occurring as both partners pursue __53__ and share family responsibilities.Many innovative family arrangements are attempts to enhance the commitment of marriage while increasing individual freedom and fulfillment. In this way, families are __54__ such broad social trends as delayed marriage, greater participation of women in the job market, and a rising rate of divorce. Undoubtedly, the American family will continue to be subjected to such pressures, but how __55__ will these future adaptations be?41.A. reflect B. change C. confirm D. replace42.A. performances B. activities C. relations D. functions43.A. with regard to B. in terms of C. in combination with D. for the purpose of44.A. racially B. financially C. historically D. spiritually45.A. inhabitation B. competition C. connection D. production46.A. variations B. units C. arrangements D. characteristics47.A. develop B. extend C. differ D. evolve48.A. contribution B. destruction C. combination D. application49.A. Therefore B. Also C. Contrarily D. However50.A. family size B.work pressure C. economic status D. social class51.A. expanding B. divided C. valued D. changing52.A. focused on B. resulted in C. appealed to D. called for53.A. trends B. study C. careers D. goals54.A. adapting to B. dealing with C. worrying about D. getting rid of55.A. sociable B. available C. extensive D. natural答案:41-55 ADBCD ACBDD DBCAC较难词汇词组:1.nuclear family: 基本家庭2.extended family:大家庭3.vary: 变化;存在不同之处vary widely/slightly variation :变异变化4.dominant:占优势的,支配的,统治的5.appear to be:似乎好像6.be subjected to 经受.....7.extensive:广泛的大量的全面的大规模的8.result from 起因于result in 导致9.destruction: 毁坏毁灭2017嘉定区二模完形填空III. Reading ComprehensionSection ADirections: For each blank in the following passage there are four words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.Why College Is Not HomeThe college years are supposed to be a time for important growth in autonomy(自主性) and the development of adult identity. However, now they are becoming an __41__ period of adolescence, during which ma ny of today’s students are not shouldered with adult __42__.In the past two decades, continued connection with and __43__ on family, thanks to cell phones, email and social media, have increased significantly. Some parents go so far as to help with coursework. Instead of promoting the idea of college as a passage from the shelter of the family to autonomy, universities have __44__ to the idea that they should provide the same environment as that of the home.To prepare for increased autonomy and responsibility, college needs to be a time of __45__ and experimentation. This process involves “trying on ” new ways of thinking about oneself both intellectually and personally. __46__ we should provide “safe spaces” within colleges, we must also make it safe to e xpress opinions and challenge majority views. __47__ growth and flexibility are fostered by strict debate and questioning.Learning to deal with the __48__ world is equally important. Because a college community(群体) differs from the family, many students will struggle to find a sense of __49__. If students rely on administrators to __50__ their social behavior and thinking pattern, they are not facing the challenge of finding an identity within a larger and complex community.__51__, the tendency for universities to monitor and __52__ student behavior runs up against another characteristic of young adults: the response to being controlled by their elders. If acceptable social behavior is too strictly defined(规定), the insensitive or aggressive behavior that administrators are seeking to minimize may actually be __53__. It is not surprising that young people are likely to burst out, particularly when there are reasons to do so.Our generation once joined hands and stood firm at times of national emergency. What is lacking today is the __54__ between adolescents’ desire for autonomy and their understanding of an unsafe world. Therefore, there is the desire for their dorms to be replacement homes and not places to experience growth. But Every college discussion about community values, social climate and behavior should include __55__ of the developmental importance of student autonomy and self-regulation.41. A. expanded B. educational C. expected D. extended42. A. responsibilities B. abilities C. knowledge D. experience43. A. concentration B. dependence C. influence D. decision44. A. given up B. given away C. given in D. given out45. A. instruction B. exploration C. reflection D. preparation46. A. When B. While C. Since D. If47. A. Intellectual B. Spiritual C. Logical D. Psychological48. A. adult B. virtual C. real D. social49. A. satisfaction B. duty C. belonging D. curiosity50. A. understand B. train C. protect D. regulate51. A. Therefore B. Moreover C. Thus D. However52. A. change B. criticize C. shape D. motivate53. A. encouraged B. challenged C. agreed D. realized54. A. difference B. tension C. balance D. conflict55. A. observation B. recognition C. determination D. judgmentKeys:41-45 DABCB 46-50 BADCD 51-55 BCADB。
届静安区英语高考一模
静安区 2017 学年第一学期教课质量检测高三英语试卷考生注意 :1.考试时间 120 分钟,试卷满分 140 分。
2.全部答题一定涂(选择题)或许写(非选择题)在答题纸上,做在答题纸上一律不得分。
3.答题前,务必在答题纸上填写准考据号和姓名I. Listening ComprehensionSection ADirections: In Section A, you will hear ten short conversations between two speakers.At the end of each conversation, a questions will be asked about what was said. The conversations and the questions will be spoken only once. Afteryou hear a conversation and the question about it, read the four possible answers on your paper,and decide which one is the best answer to the questions you have heard.1.A. Air conditioner B. Stove C. Suitcase D. Mobile phone2.A. A nurse B. A manager flight attendant D. A secretary3.A. On the day of Black Friday, he has nothing to do.B.He will buy nothing during the coming shopping day.C.His salary will be increased before Black Friday.D.He prefers to save money rather than spend.4.A.6 B.8 C.12 D.165.A. People should carefully study information they get from various experts.B. There ’s no need to turn to experts for health suggestions.C.Ordinary people should be invited on TV to talk about healthy life.D.Experts help a lot in promoting healthy life style.6.A. The professor failed everyone at the term end.B.The professor criticized him for failing the exam.C.The professor thought highly of himD.The man failed the science course for the term7.A. Jenny has graduation ceremony.B.They go for a movie.C.They have family dinner.D.Nothing happens9.A. It ’s wonderful in all aspects.B.It ’s good on the whole with one shortcoming.C.It ’s totally disappointingD. It’s of average quality. Buying the expensive cake is foolishB. The cake is worth the price.C. The taste of the cake is misleading.D. Eating the cake hurts people’s intelligence.Section BDirections: In Section B, you will hear two passage and one longer conversation.After each passage or conversation,you will be asked several questions. and the conversation will be read twice, but the questions will be spoken When you hear a question, read the four possible answers on your paper anddecide which one is the best answer to the question you have heard.Questions 11 through 13 are based on the following passage.11.A. Children looking for future husband and wife for their parents.B. Children trying to earn wedding fund for their parents.C. Children making plans for their parents’ wedding dayD. Children taking part in their parent’s wedding ceremony.12. A. Wedding dress B. Wedding styleC. Food for weddingD. Honeymoon destination13.A. The difficulties modern marriage meets.B.The good relationship between British children and parents.C.The unconventional weddings in modern Britain.D.The new marriage concepts combined with traditions.Questions 14 through 16 are based on the following passage.14.A. For how long the event will last.B.The site address to purchase the event ticket.C.The past achievements the lecture had madeD.The location where the lecture is to happen15.A. Stand out and hold a poster for the event.B.Cover other event ads with your event ad.C.Rent school channel to introduce the event.e modern communication media to spread the event16.A. Tips on advertising campus events.B.Food work wonders to attract campus event attendees.C.The rise of modern social media on campusD.Challenges to prepare for a high-quality campus eventQuestions 17 through 20 are based on the following conversation17.A. Academic and professional prospectsB.life conditions on campusC.Tuition and geographic advantages. The passage only once.D. Ranks among all the universities18.A. Strong program background.B.Low living expenses.C.Circle of contacts on campusD.Agreeable weather19.A. Because they can hire talents from UCLA.B.Because foreign talents can be employedC.Because their companies are near beachesD.Because their bosses are from UCLA20. A. Moving to live with his parents.B.Pursuing graduate study at UCLA.C.Accepting the offer from Chicago UniversityD.Keeping comparing the two UniversitiesII.Grammar andVocabulary Section ADirections: After reading the passage below, fill in the blanks to coherent and grammatically correct. For the blanks with a given word, blank with the proper form of the given word; for the other blanks, use one word that best fits each blank.make the passagefill in eachToday, Mandatory(强迫的 ) recycling is a hard sell in the United States, wherethe economy runs largely along free market lines and the current landfilling waste remains inexpensive and efficient.Plain and simple, recycling still costs more than landfilling in most place.This fact,(21)_________(couple)with the disappearance of the so- called” landfill crisis” of the mid-1990s, means that recycling has not caught on , which runs(22) _________ some environmentalists’ wishes.However, many cities have found ways to recycle economically. They have cutcosts by automating sorting and processing.They’re also found profitable markets for the recyclables(可回收物 ) (23)_________ cast-off items are acceptable or even welcome. Increased efforts by green groups(24) _________ (educate)the public about the benefits of recycling have also helped.(25)__________________ _________ uneconomical recycling seems to some people, some cities,such as Pittsburgh,San Diego and Seattle,have made recycling mandatory. In these cities, recyclables are banned from both household and business garbage.Families (26)_________ recycle all basic recyclables, such as paper , cardboard ,glass and plastic.To business with garbage containers‘polluted’ with more than 10 recyclables, warning (27)_________ (issue). If they fail to take action, finesare expected.New York,a national leader on recycling,decided to stop its leastcost-effective recycling programs(plastic and glass)in2002.But rising landfill costs ate up the $ 39 million saving expected.As a result, the city brought back plastic and glass recycling and committedto a 20-year contract with a recycling firm, Hugo Neu Corporation, which built the(28)_________(advanced) recycling facility in the country.The company focuses on (29)_________ could cut costs.Automation has streamlined the sorting process, and easy access to rail has cut both the environmental andtransportation costs. The new deal and new facility have made recycling efficientfor the city and its residents(30)_________(show) once and for all that responsibly-run recycling programs can actually save money ,landfill space and the environment.Section BDirections: Fill in each blank with a proper word chosen from the box. Each wordcan only be used once. Note that there is one word more than you need.A. shamedB. consequently F. struggled G. originalC. criticismH. practicalD. scarceE. authoritiesI. luxury J. blanketedK. assumeWilliam Shakespeare came from a modest start,but finished life living in a(n) ____31_____ house in Stratford-upon-Avon,with a coat of arms and series of business investments to his name.So was William Shakespeare a businessman, as well as a writer?Researchers have uncovered information from historical documents that point to Shakespeare being a greedy businessman,anxious to grab every penny whose practices caused ___32____ in his lifetime.The academics believe that many of Shakespeare’s doubtful business dealingshave been _____33___by people ’s romantic view of him as a creative genius who made his money through acting and writing plays.The idea that Shakespeare gave the world such wonderful narratives,language and entertainment makes it uncomfortable to even ___34____ that he was simply motivated by his own thirst for financial interest.Shakespeare was a grain businessman almost for his life time. He bought andstored grain and then sold it on to his neighbors at high prices.In the late16the and early17th Century a bad weather gripped England.The cold and rain resulted in poor harvests and _____35____ severe lack of food. Referredto as the“ Little Ice Age”, the period wa s the time when thousands of people____36_____ for survival.At that time,Shakespeare was under investigation for tax evasion( 躲避 ) and later charged with storing grain when food was ____37_____.One could argue that he did not do this without a conscience and that perhapsthis is demonstrated in the way he portrayed one of his famous character Shylockin his play the Mechant of Venice.Many people claim Shylock personifies Shakespeare’s own self-hatred,who is eventually____38____ for his greed as a money lender and all that he owns is seized from him. Perhaps with the_____39____ pursuing Shakespeare for his evil dealings during Little Ice Age,Shylock ’s tragic fate was a real fear for Shakespeare.Shakespeare’s____40____ funeral monument at Holy Trinity Church was a bag of gram which implied that he prided himself on his role as a grain businessman as well as on his writing.It was not until the18th century that the bag of grain was replaced by a pillow.III.Reading ComprehensionSection ADirections:For each blank in the following passage there are four words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fitsthe context.The sights,sounds,and smells of the modern marketplace are rarely accidental. More likely they are tools of an evolving strategy of psychologicalmarketing called“sensory marketing ’ to create an emotional association to a(n)____41____ product or brand.By relating to people in a far more ___42____ way through everyone ’s own senses, sensory marketing is able to affect people in a way that traditional mass marketing cannot.Traditional marketing believes that consumers will systematically consider ____43__ product factors like price, features, and utility. Sensory marketing, bycontrast,seeks to resort to the consumer’s life experiences and feelings.Sensory marketing believes that people,the consumers,will act according to their emotional urge more than to their ____44___ reasoning. By this way, an effective sensorymarketing effort can result in consumers choosing to buy a lovely but expensiveproduct, rather than a plain but cheap ____45____.In the past,communications with customers were mainly monologues-----companies just“talked at ” consumers .Then they evolved into dialogues,with customers providing____46_____.Now they ’re becoming multidimensional conversations,with products finding their won voices and consumers responding _____47____ to them.Based on the implied messages received through five sense, consumers, withoutnoticing the trend to apply human-like personalities to brands,leading to intimate relationship and, hopeful for the brands, persistent ____48____. And that’s the very thing brands are dying to fostering customers rather than instant trend orprofits.And that ’s the very thing brands are dying to foster customers rather thaninstant trend or profits.Most brands are considered to have either“sincere”or “exciting” personalities.“ Sincere” brands like IBM and Boeing tend to be regarded as conservative and relative while “exciting ” brands like Apple,and Ferrari are imaginative and __49______. In general, the consumers tend to form ____50___relationships withsincere brands than with exciting ones, this explains the relatively enduringhistory of the“Sincere Brands”.Certainly, with the eyes containing two-thirds of all the ____51____cells ina person ’s body, sight is considered the most important of all human senses.Sensory marketing uses sight to create a memorable“ sight experience ” of the product for consumers which extends to packaging, store interiors, and printed advertising toform a (n) ___52____ image for the brand.In other words, no aspects of a product design is left to ____53__anymore,especially color. Brand acceptance is linked closely with the appropriateness ofthe colors on the brand-----does the color______54___ the product at all?If not, customers, though not realizing it themselves, will ____55____ the brands in allpossible ways-sales, reputations, etc. Therefore, brands,isn ’t it time now tostudy the new field of marketing?41.A. specific B. qualified C. average D. adequate42.A. economic B. personal C. artificial D. mechanic43.A. obvious B. potential C. accessible D. concrete44.A. imaginable B. objective C. psychological D. gradual45.A. alternative B. reward C. sample D. exhibit46.A. compliment B. fund C. prospect D. feedback47.A. temporarily B. subconsciously C. occasionallyD. attentively48.A. loyalty B. philosophy C. endurance D. regulation49.A. mild B. daring C. steady D. classic50.A. far-fetched B. hard-won C. long-lasting D. easy-going51.A. individual B. sensory C. present D. general52.A. overall B. ambitious C. dramatic D. additional53.A. chance B. maintenance C. progress D. leadership54.A. accept B. overlook C. fit D. treat55.A. shape B. punish C. signify D. exploitSection BDirections: questionsRead the following three passage. Each passage is followed by several or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices markedA, B, C and D. Choose the one that fits best according to the information givenin the passage you have just read.(A)Overcoming extreme cold, cruel ice and people dismissing him as mad, Slovenian Davo Kamicar became the first person to ski non-stop down Mount Everest.After a dramatic fall over almost sheer cliffs of snow, stones and ice, 38-year-old Kamicar emerged in his base camp after five hours of skiing.“I feel only absolute happiness and absolute tiredness,” he said.At one stage he had to speed over stretches of ice that collapsed and brokeunderneath him and could have sent him falling into the deep crevasses (裂痕) that dot the mountain.The descent (着落) had been by many as insanely dangerous. The Darwin Awards website, which documents deaths which are foolhardy, urged people to log on to Internet broadcasts of the attempt.“Keep your eyes peeled for a live Darwin Award,“it said.However, the only body to make the news was the corpse(尸体) of an known mountaineer which Kamicar zipped past as he descended, one of an estimated 120corpses, thought to litter the slopes.“This mountain is always full of surprise. Seeing a dead man out there was areally shocking experience,” he said.Thanks to strategically placed cameras on the mountain and one attached tohis safety helmet, hundreds of thousands of people witnessed his descent on theInternet, which was one of the record highs ever. During the run more than 650,000hits were registered on his expedition website jamming it for a time as others tried to access the site.Weather conditions were so severe that Kamicar had to abandon plans to rest onthe summit before attempting to descend. Instead, suffering from fatigue, as soonas he reached the top he put on his skis and flung himself back down the mountain.Dealing with the mountain had already cost Kamicar two fingers when a previousfailed attempt saw him get frostbite as a fierce storm lashed the peak.Kamicar comes from a skiing family and took part in his first Himalayan skiing expedition in 1989. Since then, he has been tireless in raising funds and sponsorship for more expeditions, with Everest as the permanent goal.56.Davo Kamicar made history by ___________.A. skiing down Mount Everest without rest.B. descending Mount Everest within the shortest time everC. attracting largest number of audience online for his descent.D. becoming the first to film his descent down Mount Everest57. The underlined word foolhardy in the passage is closest in meaning to ________.A. sudden and hard to acceptB. taking unnecessary risksC. attracting public attentionD. working hard to fool others58.According to the passage, which of the following statements is TRUE/A. Kamicar saw about 120 dead bodies littering the slope.B. The broadcast of his descent online was cancelled because of the website jam.C. Kamicar ’s family had a tradition to conquer Mount Everest.D. This was not Kamicar ’s first attempt on Mount Everest.59.The best title for the passage is ________.A. Mad man skis down EverestB. Darwin Award for Davo KamicarC. Extreme sports hero slides to a recordD. Body of mountaineer found on Everest( B )Here are the top summer vacation lodges in the nation!Out of Lake Wobegon; Fair Hills ResortWith sandcastle contests, Swedish buffet night, and family bingo, this classicnorthern Minnesota lodge is right out of Garrison Keillor’s Lake Wobegon. Families can choose from a collection of activities suitable for both adults and kids----volleyball, tennis, sailing, swimming-laze by the lake, or rehearse fortheir star turn at the weekly talent show. The family–run resort is proud of itsmyriad “lifers”,guests who’ve been vacationing here since they were kids.This year, ten of them will celebrate their 50th yearly visit.Northern California, Unplugged; Gray Eagle LodgeOnce they find Gray Eagle Lodge off a two-lane road, most guests have no use fortheir cars. Days here are spent on foot, hiking to alpine lakes in the Sierras orgoing for a dip in the swimming hole fed by a 15-foot waterfall.“ There a re no officially planned activities,” explains Tracy Morris,who has taken her children here for year, ” unless you count the get-togethers specifically arranged for kids who have never met before but have become fast friends and enjoy fun together.”Authentic Adirondacks; The HedgesFor recent years improvements have been made—including upgrading the plumbing to accommodate more guest,answering to the main complaints in the past about its poor capacity.The current owners have restored the camp to its original Adirondack-style glory.Though tasteless to the younger age groups,the style earned the lodge a spot on the National Register of Historic PlacesGreat Lake Lodge; The Inn at WatervaleBuilt as a boarding school in1892,this lodge became a summerretreat in1971.Today, the owner of the lodge proudly promotes the resort’s lack of TV, Wi-Fi,and decentcell phone coverage, which makes it perfect for recluses( 隐士 ). Instead of sticking with their smartphones, parents and children both find their relationship greatlyimproved through hiking the 300-foot-high Old Baldy dune, combing the beachfor fossils, and savoring the sunsets over the lake together.60. Which lodge is not very attractive for kids?A. Fair Hills ResortB. Gray Eagle LodgeC. The HedgesD. The Inn at Watervale61. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage? A.Fair Hills Resort specializes in serving young vacationers with varieties ofactivities.B. The Hedge used to be criticized for failing to serve large number of customers.C. Lake of modern communication tools at The Inn at Watervale was due to poor facility conditionsD. Cars are banned from Gray Eagle Lodge62. The passage will most probably appear _______.A. on a wedding magazine about finding a permanent residence.B. in a UN’s report about family relationshipC. on a financial magazine analyzing the prospects of tourist industryD. on a website selling package tours(C)It ’s not an urban legend: crime rates do in fact in the summer in the . A study found that, with the exception of robbery and auto theft, rates of all violent andproperty crimes are higher during the summer than during other months. The studyexamined data collected during8 years,which included violent and property crimes that did not result in death, both reported and not reported to the police.The data show that, though the national crime rate dropped by 70 percent duringrecent years, seasonal spikes in summer remain. In some cases those spikes are 12percent higher than rates during seasons in which the lows occur. The phenomenonconfuses many criminologists, and they wonder why.Some reason that increased temperatures,which drive many out of doors and leave windows open in their homes, raise the amount of time when homes are left empty.Others point to the effect of students on summer vacation who are otherwise occupied with schooling during other season, while some argue that suffering heat-induceddiscomfort simply makes people more aggressive and likely to act out.Although these elements possess certain persuasive power,their rationality is called into question when cases in winter are put on the map. Why aren ’t the rates in winter falling if heat related factors are to blame for the summer spike?Contrarily,the matter should be viewed from social and economic angles rather thanon solar terms.Numerous studies have shown that rates of criminal behavior among young adultsdrop when their communities provide them with other ways to spend their time andearn money. This was found to be true in Los Angeles, where gang activity was reduced when community centers for teens were thriving and active.And generally speaking, the connection between economic inequality and crime is robustly documented for the . And why summer sees a worse situation?It ’s probably because it ’s even harder for youngster to land jobs that provide for life necessities.So if officials want to address the summer spike in crime, they may actdifferently instead of aiming straight at crimes. Simply upgrading security andseverely punishing offences almost produce void effects.Instead, be open to various options and they will find that development of job hunting agencies or communityprofessional training centers are accompanying the drop of crime rate withoutseasonal exceptions .After all, bread always comes first for everyone.63. What puzzles scholars studying crimes?A. The rates of robbery and auto theft are lower than other violent and propertycrimes in summer.B. The rates of crimes resulting in death are about the same in all seasons.C. The crime rates not reported to the police are much higher during summer.D. Crime rates in summer are higher than those of other seasons.64.According to the author, what is the key reason for the seasonal spike of crime rates?A. Increased temperature left houses easier for attacks.B. The hot environment makes people more likely to be angered.C. Youngsters find it hard to release energies at school.65. What can be done to fight seasonal rise of crimes?66.Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage?A. Solar terms are responsible for the summer crime spike.B. Crime rates in summer fall by 58 percent in theC. LA criminal activities fall because of positive community programs.D. The crimes rates in winter are low due to low mobility in the season.Section CDirections:Read the following passage. Fill in each blank with a proper sentencegiven i n the box. Each sentence can be used only once. Note that there are two moresentences than you need.A. The influence is witnessed for the opposite gender as well.B. Awareness for health is given due attention among different age groups.C. Africa has greatly increased ways of broadcasting.D. But solid academic research was lacking for quite a long time.E. Yet trying to influence the locals can be debatable.F. But other organizations have increasingly followed suit.In the radio drams “ Nau em Taim ” aired in Papua New Guinea, a windowed father takes up dynamite(炸药 ) fishing---profitable but disastrous for the reef.Then he meets a dashing marine scientist who warns him off. The idea is that by the end ofthe drama, both he ---and the listeners---will give up dynamite for sustainablefishing.The show’s producer, the Population Media Center(PMC) in Vermont, has been apioneer of programmes with the goal of fostering In Vietnam Khat Vong Song usesradio drama to teach its listeners about domestic violence.In Kenya Mediae promote civil rights with a television soap called“ Makutano Junction”.Evidence that radio and television soaps can change behavior was first spottedin the 1970s. ______68____About twenty years later,economists at the Inter-American Development Bank,found that Brazilians receiving Globo, a television network promoting modern family concept, had fewer children. Anotherfollow — up study discovered that, as cable television spread, the birth rate incertain rural area dropped.Some argue that the influence was because couch potatoes were less likely to make babies. But research in Ethiopia showed that dramas can have a direct effect.Inquiries about ways to reduce birth rates rose by 157% among married women wholistened to the soap operas“Yeken Kigne t ” and“Dhimbibba”. ___69______ Male listeners sought tests for HIV/AIDS four times as much as male non-listeners.“ The results are the best when people identify with characters,” says Betty Oala of the PMC. This is why the organization does extensive research,takes on local writers and uses native languages.Not only are soaps effective, but they are also cheap. Radio programmes cancoast as little as three cents to reach a listener in Africa. _____70_________.Although producers do not hide their purposes many scholar think that there couldbe a fight over morals and the armful results of soap dramas. A drop in birth rates may seem like good news to a woman activist, but had to a religious worker.IV. Summary WritingDirections:Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s)of the passage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.For many well-educated travelers, buying a copy of Lonely Planet is the firsttask before taking a vacation abroad.Founded in1973,Lonely Planet is the biggest guidebook series in many countries.It ’s published in11 language including Chinese.But when the BBC confirmed on March 19 that it had sold the entire Lonely Planet series to a US billionaire at a significant deficit(赤字) ,many commented that the deal sang song for the printed guidebook.The rise of the Internet and the prevalence of smartphones have become a burden on the print media. Whywould travelers bring a heavy guidebook when they can download the apps to their smartphone in an instant?Furthermore,alternative and free travel content is readily available on the Internet,from Wikivoyage to Trip Advisor which provide excellent guidance on your trips.But the Internet is not the only reason that guidebooks are in decline. It isalso widely accepted that the physical guidebook has such complete content that can kill any sense of personal exploration.With the guide books,all those backpacker feet ended up following routine trade routes, and in those routes was little roomfor initiative.It’s also pointed out that the guidebook is not exactly good for tourism.Often the shops and restaurants that thrived on a recommendation in the guidebook relaxed and discovered that it didn ’t matter:the le gions of eager travelers keep on coming anyway. They gradually grow uncompetitive.And yet, despite the rise of new media, it’s believed there is still a placefor printed guidebooks, at least for the time being as books still offer readersthe kind of feeling that virtual tools can’t provide,more of a compelling, touchable interaction.第 II卷(共40分)V. TranslationDirections:Translate the following sentences into English, using the words givenin the brackets.72.按照自然规律,你最后会获得回报。
上海市静安区2016届高三英语上学期期末教学质量检测试题
静安区 2015 学年第一学期高三年级教学质量检测英语试卷考生注意:1. 考试时间 120 分钟,试卷满分 150 分。
2. 本考试设试卷和答题纸两部分。
试卷分为第 I 卷(第 1-13 页)和第 II 卷(第 13-14 页),全卷共 14 页。
所有答题必须涂(选择题)或写(非选择题)在答题纸上,做在试卷上一律不得分。
3. 答题前,务必在答题纸上填写准考证号和姓名。
第I 卷(共103分)I. Listening Comprehension Section ADirections : In Section A, you will hear ten short conversations between two speakers. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. The conversations andthequestionswillbespokenonlyonce.Afteryouhearaconversationandthequestionaboutit, read the four possible answerson your paper, and decide which one is the best answer to the question you have heard.1. A. Teacher. B. Repairman.2. A. At home.B. At school.3. A. His new job is too difficult for him.B. He is used to his new job. CC. Shop assistant.D. Doctor.C. In the hospital.D. On the street.He is still trying to get used to his new job. C. 10 dollars.D. He doesn ' t like his new job. 4.A. 15 dollars.B. 14 dollars. 5. A. She is surprised at her mum B. Shethinks that she is too slow. C. She wants the man to be quick. D. She will go out herself.6. A. She used to be in poor health. C. Shewas somewhat overweight. 7. A. At the airport.C. In a booking office.8. A. Teaching her son by herself. B. Havingconfidence in her son. C. Asking the teacher for extra help. D. Telling her son not to worry. 9. A. Have a short break.C. Continue her work outdoors. 10. A. He is taking care of his twin brother.B. He has been feeling ill all week.C. He is worried about Rod.D. He has been in perfect condition.scomingD. 12 dollarsB. She was popular among boys. D. She didn ' t do well at high school. B. In a restaurant.D. At the hotel reception.B. Take two weeks off.D. Go on vacation with the man.Section B Directions:In Section B, you will hear two short passages, and you will be asked threeon each of the passages. The passages will be read twice, but the questi ons will be spoke n only on ce. When you hear a questi on, read the four possible an swers on your paper and decide which one would be the best an swer to the questi on you have heard.Questi ons 11 through 13 are based on the follow ing passage.B. Computer programmer. D. Firefighter.B. 1% of America n tee nagers.D. 1% of American adults.13. A. With many bloggers, America is sure to win her reputation in the world.B. Wash ington is the city which has most bloggers in America.C. There are fewer employees of n ewspapers tha n a few years ago.D. The topics of blogging cover almost every area of people ' s daily life.Questio ns 14 through 16 are based on the follow ing n ews. 14. A. In the Tow n Hall.B. In a commu nity.C. In somebody ' s house.D. In a stadium.15. A. The equal job, the equal pay.B. The best way of cook ing and clea ning.C. The wome n ' s liberati on moveme nt.D. Women s ability to be good leaders. 16. A. Women s responsibility of child raising.B. Women s ability to do anything importa ntC. Not only con crete issues but also attitude and beliefs.D. How to take jobs and help others. Section C Directions:In Secti on C, you will hear two Ion ger con versati ons. The con versati ons will beread twice. After you hear each conversation, you are required to fill in the numbered blanks with the in formati on you have heard. Write your an swers on your an swer sheet. Blanks 17 through 20 are based on the following conversation. Complete the form. Write ONE WORD each an swer.Blanks 21 through 24 are based on the following conversation.questi ons11. A. Lawyer.C. Blogger.12. A. 21% of all the employers.C. 79% of all the employers.II. Grammar and vocabularySection A Directions:After read ing the passages below, fill in the bla nks to make the passages cohere ntand grammatically correct. For the blanks with a given word, fill in each blank with the proper form of the give n word; for the other bla nks, use one word that best fits each bla nk.(A )Explorati on of the PolesThe North Pole and South Pole are at the top and bottom of the Earth, (25) ________________________ you won' t find an actual pole to mark the place. The poles are the northernmost and southernmost points on the pla net. The poles are the most unfrien dly environments on Earth.In the early 1900s, explorers competed to become the first (26) _____________ ( reach ) the South Pole. From 1901 to 1904, British naval officer Robert Scott made the first attempt. Scott got (27) ______________ ( far ) south tha n anyone had bee n before, but he failed to reach the pole.In 1909, Ern est Shacklet on of Brita in led an expediti on across An tarctica on sleds pulledby dogs. They were only about 100 miles (about 160 kilometers) from the South Pole (28) a shortage of food forced them to turn back.Scott fin ally reached the South Pole in Ja nuary 1912. But (29) ______________________ ( disappoi nt )Scott found that Roald Amun dse n had beate n him by one mon th. Amun dse n' s expediti on arrived atthe pole in December 1911. Amun dse n was (30) _____________ experie need Arctic explorer, andhe had made careful preparatio ns. Scott and his compa nions died of injury, cold, and hun ger on their return from the pole.In 1914, Shackleto n (31) _____________ ( plan ) ano ther expedition to the South Pole. But his ship was crushed by ice, and he had to cross 800 miles (1,300 kilometers) of freez ing seain a tiny boat to survive. Shacklet on the n retur ned to save his stra ndedme n. It was one of the greatest rescue feats in history.In 1929, Arctic explorer Richard Byrd became the first pers on who flew over the South Pole. Byrd later pioneered the idea of(32) ___________________ ( set )up permanent stations for scientific research in An tarctica. A stati on called the Amun dse n-Scott Base has stood at the South Pole since 1977.(B )Teach ing in front of a cameraWage ningen Un iversity is kee n on develop ing forms of educati on that reach people all over the world. The basics of the course topics are covered in short films and three-minute to seven-minute presentations(33) ______________ ( use ) techniques such as animationand voiceoverComplete the form. WriteNO MORE THAN THREE WORDS ch an swer.(画外音).The onli ne Master' s programmes are quite different from the large -scale MOOCS 在线课程), explains Busstra. In the Master' s courses, the short “knowledge clips ” (短片) dealing withthe essential topics(34) ______________ ( link ) to an assignment directly to help the studentsactively absorbthe knowledge themselves. Teachers can also use them to test (35) ________________________the material has come across well. Busstra says: “ The teacher has to think up new ways ofworking---gett ing stude nts to make a film clip, for instance,(36) ____________________________ they prese nt a research setup they have thought up themselves, or to resp ond to some one else ' s idea, or to work on a docume nt in groups. ” The stude nts also get the cha neeto post a question while they are watching an online film---equivalent of putting your hand up duri ng a lecture. Fellow stude nts and teachers can the n an swer the questio n on li ne. “ Thereare a lot of misunderstandings about online education, ” says Busstra, “ one of them being(37) _______________ there is only one way com muni cati on. (38) _________________ people are graduallygai ning con fide nee in it. It will stay typically Wage ningen: small-scale and based on in teractio nand group work. ”The in vestme nt (39) _____________ on li ne lear ning is pay ing off in the regular educati onprogramme too, according to Busstra. Students in Wageningen can pick up the basics at homethroughthe kno wledge clips. During lectures, teachers(40) _____________ the n provide more in-depthan alysis, talk about their own work and s upervise stude nts more pers on ally. “ In creas in gly,on- campus and on li ne educati on will no Ion ger be two separate worlds, ” expects Busstra.Section BDirections: Complete the followi ng passage by using the words in the box. Each word can onlybe used once. Note that there isTV and watch our favouritecelebrities __41__ us with their performa nces. In peep culture, weturn on the comput er, we move through people ' s lives on reality TV, blogs, Face book and YouTube. In stead of getti ng our en terta inment from scripted performa nces, we get our en terta inment from peeping into other people ' s lives. It can be friends and family. But it ' s just l ikelyto be people we have n ever met from around the world.Suddenly, we spend all of our time __42__ other people. And we also invite them to watch us! People __43__ themselves to get atte nti on and to feel like they are part of a com muni ty. In peep culture, ordinary people are turned into celebrities.This has never happened before, turning the spotlight on __44__regular people. There aren' t secrets anymore. The no ti on of private life has cha nged.As society has become __45__ fast-paced, most of us are really un aware of these cha nges in our lives. We are moving into a time whe n our __46__ pers on ality is going to be more importa nt than our actual physical __47__. What we have online is going to be more important than what we do offline. We are now socially judged by our virtual profiles.In the age of “ peep culture, ” a tell -all, show-all, know-all digital phenomenon is __48_ changing notions of privacy, individuality, security, and even humanity. Susan Boyle became a(n) _49_ celebrity because of peep culture.The en tire world was stari ng at her after her _50_from a resident of a small Scottish town to a global celebrity. Welike the story because she' s like a movie,but she ' s real.III. Reading ComprehensionSection ADirections: For each blank in the following passage there are four words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.New research offers fresh insight on when to launch a product or service, and shows that being first to marketisn ' t always a competitive advantage.In 2004, David Cohen had an idea for a social network for mobile phones that would connect users in the real world. His company, called iContact, launched a beta version (测试版), and seemed ready to tap the muchpublicized mobile software market. Cohen, then 36, had already founded a successful software company. __51__, after 18 months, he was unable to get phone carriersto distribute his software, and he closed the company.Bets on mobile applications didn ' t begin to __52__ until Apple ' s iPhone app storeopenedthe market in 2008.Conventional __53__ says being first to market creates a competitive advantage. Reality is more complicated. Market opportunities are __54__ opening and closing, and a hit idea at one point co uld be a failure a year earlier or a yawning “ me too ” business a year later. It ' s tough---likely __55__ ---to identify the best moment to enter a market, but commonsense dictates new entrepreneurs (创业人) can improve their odds (机会) if they __56__ how much they bearto gain or lose by waiting.New academic research suggests one way entrepreneurs can __57__whether they should entera market first or wait on the sidelines. The decision depends on how hostile (不利的) the learning environment is; __58__, how much entrepreneurs can learn by observing other players before they __59__, compared to what they learn from participating after they enter, according to Moren Levesque, an entrepreneurship researcher at the University of Waterloo. Levesque, along with professors Maria Minniti of Southern Methodist University and Dean Shepherd of Indiana University, used a mathematical __60__ to weigh the risks and benefits of entering the market early. Their research is among the first to explore “ how different learnin g environments may influence the entry behavior of entrepreneurs. ”The key tothe academics ' findings on timing is this: In a hostile learning environment, entrepreneurs gain relatively __61__ benefit by watching others. For example, if the relevant knowle dge is __62__intellectual property, studying the market before entering wouldn ' t yieldmuch advantage. In these situations, the trade-off (权衡利弊) __63__ entering early. But inless hostile learning environments, where entrepreneurs gain valuable information __64__toincrease their success just by watching other companies, companies benefit from waiting and learning lessons from earlier players. IContact ' s successors, forexample, may have learnedks to distribute their software,from watching the company ' s trouble in getting mobile networ a barrier that was __65__ by the iPhone ' s app store.51. A. Otherwise52. A. pay in53. A. custom54. A. completelyB. MoreoverB. pay backB. wisdomB. confusinglyC. HoweverC. pay forC. habitC. constantlyD. ThereforeD. pay offD. experienceD. increasingly55. A. impossible B. possibleC. potentialD. manageable 56.A. imagineB. interpretC. weighD. measure57. A. value B. evaluateC. ensureD.convince 58.A. after allB. as a resultC.in other wordsD.in addition59.A. launchB. campaignC .strikeD. function 60. A. version B. patternC. exampleD. model61. A.few B. many C . littl eD. much 62. A. provided B. protectedC.sharedD. improved 63. A.favors B. dislikes C . opposes D. concerns 64. A. unlikely B. likelyC.unbelievableD. questionable 65. A. lowered B. createdC .resolved D. removed Section BDirections: Read the following three passages. Each passage is followed by several questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one that fits best according to the information given in the passage you have just read.( A )Some plants get so hungry that they eat flies, spiders, and evensmall frogs. What 's moreamazing is that these plants occur naturally (in special environments ) in every state. In fact, they 're found on every continent except Antarctica.You 've probably seen a Venus ' flytrap. It 's often sold in museumgift stores, department stores, and even supermarkets. A small plant, it grows 6 to 8 inches tall in a container. At the end of its stalks ( 茎) are speciallymodified leaves that act like traps. Inside each trapis a lining of tiny trigger (触发 ) hairs. Whenan insect lands on them, the trap suddenly shuts. Over the course of a week or so, the plant feeds on its catch.The Venus ' flytrap is just one of more than 500 species of meat-eating plants, says BarryMeyers-Rice, the editor of the International Carnivorous ( 食肉的 ) Plant Society 's Newsletter. Note: Despite any science-fiction stories you might have read, no meat-eating plant does any danger to humans.Dr. Meyers-Rice says a plant is meat-eating, only if it does all four of the following: “attract, kill, digest, and absorb”some form of insects, including flies, butterflies, andmoths. Meat-eating plants look and act like other green plants---well, most of the time.All green plants make sugar through a process called photosynthesis (光合作用 ). Plants usethe sugar to make food. What makes “meat - eating ” plants different is their bug-catching leaves. They need insects for one reason: nitrogen (氮). Nitrogen is a nutrient that they can't obtainany other way. While almost all green plants on our planet get nitrogen from the soil, “ m eat- eating ” plants can 't. They live in places where nutrients are hard or almost impossible to get from the soil because of its acidity. So they 've come to rely on getting nitrogen from insects and small animals. In fact, nutrient-rich soil is poisonous to “meat- eating ” plants. Never fertilize them! But don 't worry, either, if they never seem to catch any insects. They can survive, but they'll grow very slowly.66. According to the passage, carnivorous plants _________67. Venus' flytrap preys on in sects by ____________ .A. its nu merous long and thin stalksB. a container where it growsC. its in sect-catch ing leavesD. the lining of tiny trigger hairs68.We can con clude from the third paragraph that __________ .A. carni vorous pla nts are dan gerousB. carnivorous plants are fictionalC. carni vorous pla nts occasi on ally eat booksD. carni vorous pla nts are harmless to huma ns 69.In the eyes of the author, which of the followi ng stateme nts is TRUEA. Carni vorous pla nts cannot grow in acid soil.B. Carni vorous pla nts can grow in nu trie nt-poor soil.C. Carni vorous pla nts will die if they cannot catch any in sects.D. Carnivorous plants can get nitrogen from nutrient-rich soil(B )“ Asia ' s Challenge 2020 ” Essay PrizeDESCRIPTIONWhat is the most importa nt challe nge facing Asia over the n ext decade? Why? What should be done about it? The best answer in 3,000 words or less will win a prize of $2,500. Two runners-up will be awarded prizes of $1,000 each. These three prize winners will be invited to Singapore for an expenses-paid awards ceremony. The winning articles will be posted on Time. com. PURPOSEThe main purpose of the essay prize is to gen erate fresh ideas for tackli ng key challe nges toAsia ' s continued competitiveness and development, as well as encourage young professionals to make an impact on public policy and bus in ess in Asia. SELECTION CRITERIAThe essay will be judged according to creativity, innovation, rigor of research and writing, as well as achievability of idea. It can be focused on one or more areas releva nt to Asia, such as macro-ec onomics, bus in ess, intern ati onal relati ons, trade and in vestme nt, educati on,healthcare, urba n developme nt, scie nee and tech no logy, and en ergy and the environment. The essay must be writtenin English. It should not have been previously published in English in apublication with broad international circulation. CANDIDATE REQUIREMENTSThe can didate authori ng the essay must be un der 32 years of age as of December 31,2010. The can didate must be an Asia n n ati on al.SUBMISSIONREQUIREMENTSThe essay should be submitted electr oni cally to prize@ asiabusin essco un cil. Org. by August 31, 2010. Prize winners will be announced in September 2010. The submissi on should contain the can didate' s full n ame, n ati on ality, and month and year ofbirth. The essay should include a title and word count. 70. What is the main purpose of the essay prize?A. To select young professionals of both ability and imagination.B. To predict the prospects of Asia in the next decade.C. To issue the challe nges facing Asia.A. only grow in wild field C. are as common as fliesB. are rare to seeD. cannot grow on AntarcticaD. To inspire brilliant ideas for solving problems in Asia.71. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?A. The winners of the essay prize can travel to Singapore for free.B. Articles published in local newspapers will not be accepted.C. Young people from Russia or Australia are excluded from the essay prize.D. The candidate 's article can deal with several aspects of developments in Asia.72. The candidate 's article should be sent ____________ .A. by air mailB. by e-mailC. by surface mailD. by express mail( C )According to Nielsen, the average number of mobile phone calls we make is dropping every year, after hitting a peak in 2007. And our calls are getting shorter: In 2005 they averaged three minutes in length; now they 're almost half that.We are moving, in other words, toward a fascinating cultural transition: the death of the telephone call. This shift is particularlyplainamong the young. Some college students I know go days without talking into their smartphones at all.This generation doesn 't make phone calls, because every one is in constant, lightweightcontact in so many other ways: texting, chatting, and social- network messaging. And we don 'tjust have more options than we used to. We have better ones: These new forms of communication have exposed the fact that the voice call is badly designed. It deserves to die. Consider: If I suddenly decide I want to dial you up, I have no way of knowing whether you 're busy, and youhave no idea why I 'm calling.We have to open Schr ?dinger 's box every time, having a conversation to fig ure out whetherit 's OK to have a conversation. Plus, voice calls are emotionally high -bandwidth, which is whyit 's so weirdly exhausting to be interrupted by one. ( We apparently find voicemail even more torturous: Studies show that more than a fifth of all voice messages are never listened to. )The telephone, in other words, doesn 't provide any information about status, so we areconstantly interrupting one another. The other tools at our disposal are more polite. Instant messaging lets us detect whether our friends are busy without our annoying them, and texting lets us ping one another but not at the same time. ( Plus, we can spend more time thinking aboutwhat we want to say. ) Despite the hue and cry about becoming an “ always on ” society, we 'reactually moving away from the demand that everyone should be available immediately.We'll still make fewer phone calls, as most of our former phone time will migrate to other media. But the calls we do make will be longer, reserved for the sort of deep discussion that the medium does best.As video chatting becomes more common, enabled by the new iPhone and other devices, we might see the growth of persistent telepresence, leaving video-chat open all day so we can speak to a spouse or colleague spontaneously. Or, to put it another way, we 'll call less but talk more.73. The writer of the text thinks that what is happening with mobile phone calls is _____ .A. an unexpected occurrenceB. a strange but very predictable factC. an interesting social phenomenonD. negative for social interaction74. In paragraph 3, the writer 's attitude towards phone voice calls is __________ .A. doubtfulB. concernedC. positiveD. negative75. The phrase “ hue and cry ” in paragraph 5 means _______________ .A. appealB. protestC. claimD. argume nt76. What does the writer think will happen to voice calls in the future?A. They will only be used in emerge ncies.B. They will continue to get more expensive.C. They will only be used between family members.D. They will be used mainly for in timate and detailed discussi ons.77. What is the best title of the passage?A. Video Chatt ingB. Talk ing into Smartph onesC. The Death of the Pho ne CallD. Mobile Pho ne callsSection CDirections: Read the passage carefully. Then an swer the questi ons or complete the stateme ntsin the fewest possible words.Next week, as millio ns of families gather for their Than ksgiv ing feasts, many other America ns will go without. According to the United States Department of Agriculture, more than 12 million households lack eno ugh food for every one in their family at some time duri ng the year---in cludi ng holidays.Hun ger is surpris in gly widespread in our coun try--- one of the world ' s wealthiest ---yet the government estimates that we waste almost 100 billion pounds of food each year, more than on e-quarter of our total supply.Reducing this improper distribution of resources is a goal of America ' s Second Harvest,the nation ' s largest domestic hunger -relief organization. Last year, it distributed nearly 2billion pounds of food to more than 23 million people in need.America' s Second Harvest is a n etwork of 214 in ter -conn ected food banks and other organizations that gather food from growers, processors, grocery stores and restaurants. In turn,the network distributes food to some 50,000 soup kitchens,homeless shelters and old people ' scen ters in every county of every state.A great deal of work is involved in distributing tons of food from thousands of donors to thousa nds of small, non profit o rgani zati ons. Un til a few years ago, America ' s Second Harvest lacked any effective way to man age their inven tory (存货).Without accurate and timely information, soup kitchens were sometimes empty while food was left to spoil in loading places.In 2000, Am erica ' s Second Harvest began to use a new inventory and financial -management system---Ceres. It is software desig ned specifically for hun ger-relief operati on s. It is used by more than 100 America' s Second Harvest organizations to track food from donation t odistributio n.Ceres has helped reduce the spoiling of food and improve distribution. An evaluation found that the software streamlined(提高效率) food banks ' operations by 23 percent in the firstyear alone.With more accurate and timely reports, Ceres saves time, frees staff members to focus on finding new donors, and promises more efficient use of donations.Hun ger in America remai ns a troubli ng social problem. Tech no logy alone cannot solve it. Butin the hands of organizations such as America ' s Second Har vest, it is a powerful tool that ishelpi ng to make a differenee---and helpi ng more America ns to join in the feast.(Note: An swer the questi ons or complete the stateme nts in78. What is the total supply of food in America every year according to the passage ?79. By “ this improper distribution of resources in P aragraph 3, the writer means that manyAmerica ns __________________________ food while others _______________________________ food.80. What problem was America ' s Second Harvest faced with in distributing food before Ceres was created?81. Thanks to _____________________________________________________ provided by Ceres, morestaff are freed to be committed to finding new donors and America ' s Second Harvest is able to give out food more efficie ntly.第II卷(共47分)I. Tran slati onDirections: Tran slate the follow ing sentences into En glish, using the words give n in the brackets.1. 有可能防止金融危机将来再次发生吗?( possible )2. 除非采取紧急措施,否则我们的计划将泡汤。
上海市各区20162017年高三英语一模汇编--摘要写作(summary_writing)--老师
One【2017届上海市虹口区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of thepassage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Are You Ready for Your Exam?the exam time again -- have you done the necessary work to get good marks?So, it’sSleeping with the textbook under the pillow (枕头) in the hope that knowledge will be magicallyabsorbed into your brain as you sleep doesn’t work. The best strategy is to space your practice out, rather than cram (死记硬背) it all together. It means hit the books early!In an article in the British newspaper The Guardian, Tom Stafford, a lecturer in psychologyze five hours of study into one hour aat the University of Sheffield, UK, advises: “If you organiday, you’ll remember more than if you study for five hours on one day.”Don’t rely on memory alone -- get pen and paper and start working. Students who can testthemselves in advance will be better at getting back material from their memory and learn thatmaterial in the long run. John Dunlosky, Professor of Psychology at Kent State University in theUS, suggests that “you start by reading a textbook using your favouritehighlighter (荧光笔) andfavourite colours, but then you go back and make flashcards of all the critical concepts and insteadof just rereading those, you basically try to test yourselves on them.”Good revision should give you confidence, but if you are still anxious, there’sno harm inindulging(放任) in a personal routine. In Japan, it seems to be a tradition for students to eatKatsudon before a test. This is a warm bowl of rice topped with egg and a deep-fried pork cutlet.The name of the dish reminds people of the word ‘katsu’, meaning ‘winning’.For some students in South Korea, the key to success is not washing their hair before sittingan exam because they believe they could wash all the knowledge out of their head. And indifferent parts of the world there are always those who swear by their ‘lucky underwear’The bottom line is that you need to study, sleep well on the eve of the test, eat a nutritiousmeal, drink plenty of water and believe that your efforts will pay off. Good luck in your exam!Keys:The best strategy to achieve good results in the exam is to study books early. According toexperts, time management and self-testing in advance will also do you good. Furthermore,habitual psychological hint is helpful, too. Meanwhile, other factors such as necessarypreparations, good sleep, nutritious diet and self-confidence can pay off your efforts as well. (56words)Two【2017届上海市黄浦区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of thepassage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Super Size MeFast food, otherwise known as junk food, is a huge passion for a large number of peopleacross the Western world. But what would happen if you ate lots of junk food, every day? Wouldit seriously damage your health? These were the questions which led Morgan Spurlock, anindependent film-maker, to do an experiment, which he made into a documentary film entitledSuper Size Me.The main basis of his experiment was that Spurlock promised to eat three McDonald’s mealsa day, every day, for a month. He could only eat food from McDonald’s and every time anemployee asked if he would like to “super size” the meal, he had to agree. “Super sizing the fact that with this type of meal you get a considerable larger portion of everything.Spurlock knew that by eating three McDonald’s meals a day, he would consume a lot of fatand a great deal of salt and sugar in each meal—much more than he needed. Although Spurlockknew he would put on a bit of weight, and that this diet was unhealthy, he wasn’t quite prepared for just how unhealthy it turned out to be. The changes in his body were horrifying in the firstweek, he put on 4.5 kilos and by the end of the thirty days he had gained nearly 14 kilos, bringinghis total weight to a massive 98kg.Spurlock says “I’d love people to walk out of the movie and say, ’Next time I’m no “super size”. Maybe I’m not going have any junk food at all. I’m going to sit down and eat din with my kids, with the TV off, so that we can eat healthy food, talk about what we’re eating a have a relationship with each other.’” Food for thought indeed.Keys:Spurlock made an experiment to test the damage of eating lots of junk food and made adocumentary film later. In the one-month experiment, Spurlock ate three super size McDonald’smeals every day if required, thus causing terrible increase in his weight. Spurlock hopes the filmcan help people establish a healthy eating habit. (56 words)Three【2017届上海市浦东新区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections:Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and main point(s) of thepassage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Food is life. We eat it to grow, stay healthy, and have the energy to do everyday activities.The food we consume makes all of these things possible, but not all food is created equal. Studieshave shown, for example, that children who eat a nutritious breakfast do better in school thanthose with a poor diet. The well-fed child is able to pay attention longer, remember more, andparticipate more actively in class. The findings, then, are clear. Because our food choices affectour health and behavior, we must do more than just eat; we must eat well. For many people today,though, making healthy food choices is not easy.We are surrounded by information telling us what’s good for us and what isn’t, but usua this information is more confusing than helpful. In fact, different research about the same foodoften produces contradictory results. In previous research on eggs, people were encouraged tolimit or completely eliminate eggs from their diets to prevent dangerous diseases. Recent studiessay eggs are good for you. It’s hard to know who to believe.Shopping for food can also be challenging. During a visit to a supermarket, we often need tomake many different choices. Should you buy this cereal or that one? Regular or fat-free’ milk?Tofu or chicken? It’s hard to know which to choose, especially when two items are very similar.Many shoppers read product labels to help them decide. Indeed, many food labels are oftenmisleading.Making healthy food choices and eating well do not have to be difficult. Doing simple thingscan result in a better diet and a healthier you. Urban gardening, which is becoming popular againis one such thing. On small pieces of land, neighbors are working together to grow fruit andvegetables. What are the benefits of these gardens? People have access to more fresh fruit andvegetables, especially poorer people who are less likely to spend money on these items. The foodalso cost less than it would in a supermarket. There are other benefits, too. Working together in thegarden helps people to exercise. Urban gardens have also been used to teach children about food production and healthy eating.Keys:not easy to make healthy ones.Food choices affect health and behavior.However, it’sBecause confusing/contradictory food information and misleading food labels are making shopping difficult/a challenge. Urban gardening is a good way to making healthy food choices. Urban gardening also have other benefits: getting fresh and cheap food, a way of exercise and learning food knowledge for children. (59 words)Four【2017届上海市长宁区嘉定区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of the passage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.The advantages of social networkingWhy do most people sign up to social networking sites? The main reason is to stay in touch with other people. These sites also help people to find their childhood friends that they have lost touch with. Renewing these long-lost friendships is just a click away. It is very exciting to be ableto catch up with friends and keep up with their news on am almost daily basis thanks to frequent updates.to friends and acquaintances(相识的Keep up-to-date,however,doesn’t have to be restricted人).What many people tend to forget is that they can also use networking sites for professional reasons. It is actually a great way of finding out about upcoming job opportunities. Friends might know about job vacancies that may not be advertised elsewhere or they can even recommend their friends for certain jobs. Even people already employed can promote their business online. This is particularly important for artists, actors and musicians who can create pages devoted to their bandor theatre company, and inform fans about their gigs(现场演唱会)or latest exhibitions. In addition, the sites can be used to allow the public to give instant feedback on the artiststo interact with their favourite artist.Another great advantage of social networking sites is how easy it is to organise an event with your friends. Thanks to different settings people can organise their friends by different criteria(标准). These criteria could be how close friends they are, common interests and hobbies or wherethey live. This means if a certain event takes place, for example, an open-air concert or a footballmatch, all they have to do is invite the right group of friends to attend. Some networking sitesoffer a range of quizzes and games, so friends living on opposite sides of the globe can invite eachother to participate and compete in a variety of games without leaving their homes.Keys:Social networking sites benefit people in several different ways. Not only do they allowpeople to keep in close touch with friends old or new ,but they provide potential job opportunitiesand encourage online business promotion plus interaction.Moreover, they facilitate theorganization of various events, connecting people with similar hobbies or preferencesglobally.(54words)Five【2017届上海市徐汇区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of thepassage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Are we born with a preference for certain kinds of faces? Or is it just something that peoplelearn, without realizing it? To find out, psychologist Judith Langlois and her team at theUniversity of Texas in Austin worked with young children and babies.The researchers showed each baby photos of two faces. One face was more attractive than theother. The scientists then recorded how long the infants looked at each face.Babies spent longer viewing the attractive faces than the unattractive ones. That meant theypreferred the pretty faces. These findings suggest that people prefer pretty faces very early in life.still possible that we learn that preference. After all, Schein, who worked withHowever, it’sJudith, points out, “By the time we test infants, they already have experience with faces.That experience can make a difference. Research conducted at the University of Delawarebrains are better at processing faces from their own race. So infants quicklyfound that babies’ come to prefer these faces, Schein says.-known in psychology that familiar things are more attractive, says Coren Apicella.It’s wellShe is a psychologist at the University of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia. “Perhaps average famore attractive because they seem more familiar.”Indeed, her research backs this up. Apicella and Little worked with two groups of youngadults: British and Hadza. The Hadza are hunter-gatherers in Tanzania, a nation in East Africa.Apicella chose them for her experiment because they had not been exposed to Western culture andstandards of beauty.She showed people from both groups two images and asked which was more attractive. Oneimage was an average of five British faces or five Hadza faces. The other was an average of 20British faces or 20 Hadza faces. People of both cultures preferred the face that was more average—that is, compiled from 20 faces instead of five. The British participants found both Hadza andBritish faces beautiful. The Hadza, in contrast, preferred only Hadza faces.“The Hadza have little experience with European faces and probably do not know what anaverage European face looks like,” Apicella concludes. “If they don't know what it looks like, how can they prefer it?”e Her findings show how biology and the environment work together to shape our values. “preference for average itself is biologically based,” Apicella says. But people must first experience other faces to learn what an average face should look like.Keys:Babies’ preference to attractive faces indicates people begin to prefer pretty faces at an earlyage. Researches show average faces are more attractive because they are more familiar to people.Meanwhile, people’s experience with faces matters a lot. The more people experience with certainfaces, the more preference they will have to the average of these faces. (60 words)Six【2017届上海市闵行区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of thepassage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Most people feel lonely sometimes, but it usually only lasts between a few minutes and a fewhours. This kind of loneliness is not serious. In fact, it is quite normal. For some people, though,loneliness can last for years. Now researchers say there are three different types of loneliness,namely, temporary loneliness, situational loneliness, and chronic(长期的) loneliness.The first kind of loneliness is temporary. This is the most common type. It usually disappears quickly and does not require any special attention. The second kind, situational loneliness, is a natural result of a particular situation - for example a family problem, the death of a loved one, or moving to a new place. Although this kind of loneliness can cause physical problems, such as headaches and sleeplessness, it usually does not last for more than a year. The third kind of loneliness is the most severe. Unlike the second type, chronic loneliness usually lasts more thantwo years and has no specific cause. People who experience habitual loneliness have problems in socializing and becoming close to others. Unfortunately, many chronically lonely people think there is little or nothing they can do to improve their condition.Psychologists agree that one important factor in loneliness is a pe rson’s social contacts, e.g. friends, family members, co-workers, etc. We depend on various people for different reasons. For instance, our families give us emotional support, our parents share similar interests and activities. However, psychologists have found that, though lonely people may have many social contacts, they sometimes feel they should have more. They question their own popularity.Keys:There are three types of Loneliness.Temporary loneliness disappears quickly and can be neglected. Situational loneliness is caused by the change of circumstance, which may lead to problems. Chronic Loneliness lasts the longest and is harmful. The victims often feel hopeless. Loneliness is usually caused when people need more social contacts than they have. (53 words)Seven【2017届上海市奉贤区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of the passage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Around the world, music therapy is being used to treat different medical conditions and illnesses. Some of the ways people use music therapy are to reduce pain, such as in childbirth or during cancer treatments, or to stimulate brain activity alter an injury or money loss. Music therapy has also been successful in aiding children to overcome disabilities. Children can movetheir bodies with the music and stamp along to the beat.Why is music a useful therapy? Music is soothing and relaxing, but it also stimulates ourbrains. Emotionally and physically, we respond to the sounds of music. But the complexity of music provokes (激发)the biggest response. Thus, classical music is most typically used for therapies due to complex sounds and patterns. Playing a musical instrument rather than simply listening to music can also be therapeutic for some people, helping relieve stress and anxiety.Music has been shown to reduce pain in cancer patients by increasing the release endorphin, and when we listen to music, our brains (内啡肽). Endorphins are the body’s natural painkillersrespond by releasing these natural painkillers. It has also been known to contribute to the brain development of the babies who have just been born and even babies still in the mother’swomb. Certain types of music have also been found to lower blood pressure and slow a person's heart rate. Al present, music therapy is used in a variety of settings such as hospitals, nursing homes, day cares and schools.Although music therapy is not yet considered a mainstream treatment, it is recognized more and more as a useful addition to traditional treatment. So next time you are feeling low or stressed out, put on some relaxing music and let the music heal you.Keys:Music therapy is a useful way to treat illness. Because our brain can be stimulated by responding to music, different kinds of music have different effects. The principle of music therapy is to increase the release of endorphins to produce effects to help treatment. Although music therapy is not used widely, it is regarded as an effective additional to treatment. (60 words) Eight【2017届上海市静安区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of the passage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Airline seats have been one-size-fits-all since the beginning. Today, those 16.5 to 18-inch wide seats are anything but.According to the World Health Organization (WHO), obesity(肥胖症)has more than doubled since 1980. In 2014, more than 1.9 billion adults were overweight, and over 600 million were obese.The unchanged seat size and increase of obese passengers highlight the conflict betweenairlines’ needs and basic passenger rights.Last month, lawyer Giorgio Destro,an Italian lawyer, sued Emirates, claiming his flight wasdisrupted by an obese passenger seated next to him. According to reports, Destro was not able to comfortably sit in his assigned seat, and spent much of the nine-hour flight standing or sitting increw seats, because a 400-pound passenger took up half of his seat.Many airlines have responded to the growing obesity by insisting passengers of size buy twoseats to ensure safety and comfort. Samoa Air, for example, is charging by weight (which hasdiscriminatory (歧视的), become known as a “fat tax”). At first glance, the fat tax issue soundsbut some argue that this is purely down to numbers. A kilo is a kilo. It has nothing to do with thecondition of the weight.The heavier a plane is, the more fuel it burns through.In other words, the argument is whether it is fair that a 150-pound person is charged for their50-pound bag, when a 300-pound person with a carry-on isn’t charged anything extra.However, Peggy Howell of NAAFA argues that obesity is an illness, and that obese peopleshould be entitled to having certain rights protected.“We question the legality of the discriminatory policy and whether it violates the Air CarrierAccess Act governing the treatment of passengers with disabilities,” she says. “The American Medical Association (AMA) recently declared obesity a disease, which should make fat passengers a protected class.”Howell points out that the Canadian Transportation Agency (CTA) addressed this issue inruling covering passengers with disabilities. Those 2009, and issued a ‘one-person, one-fare’ passengers include ones who are ‘clinically obese’ and who cannot fit into a single seat. Keys:With the increasing obesity, airline one-size-fits-all seats can’t satisfy the needs of obese passengers. To solve the conflict between airlines’ needs and passenger rights, many airlines ask overweight passengers t o pay more to fly, because a heavier plane burns more fuel. However, objectors think the disabled, including fat passengers, should be protected instead of being charged more. (60 words)Nine【2017届上海市崇明区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of the passage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Gene Therapy“We used to think that our fate was in our stars, but now we know that, in large measure, oursaid James Watson. Watson is a molecular(分子的) biologist and fate is in our genes,” co-discoverer of DNA structure. Why? Scientists are seeing that gene therapy is revolutionizingthe treatment of disease.In gene therapy, healthy genes are introduced into defective (有缺陷的) cells to prevent or cure disease. While much of the research is in the beginning stages, some successes point to the real benefit of the therapy. In Italy, doctors have recently treated one genetic disease with gene therapy. This disease most often begins to destroy the brain when children are between 1 and 2, stopping them from walking and talking. By inserting normal, healthy genetic material into a virus and then infecting the patients, scientists seem to be able to cure the disease. Although the children given the therapy still need follow-up treatments, they now lead a relatively normal life.Gene therapy has also been used to help older patients. These people suffer from a disease that causes slow movement and uncontrollable shaking because part of the brain dies. Those treated with gene therapy showed a 23.1 percent improvement when tested six months later.Gene therapy appears to be a more positive alternative to surgery or medicine and is an exciting new approach that is just making the news. Researchers hope that in the coming years, every genetic disease will have gene therapy as its treatment. But more research is needed to assure its safety.Keys:Gene therapy, which prevents or cures disease by inserting healthy genes into defective cells rather than by means of surgery or medicine, is changing the treatment of disease revolutionarily. Though in the initial phases, gene therapy has been successful in treating both children and older patients with genetic disease. However, more research is called for to ensure its security. (59 words)Ten【2017届上海市普陀区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of thepassage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Teaching Is “One of the Least Popular Jobs in the UK”The UK government has just published a report on the future of secondary school teaching, andthe conclusion of the report is that many secondary schools now face great difficulties in findingpeople who want to be teachers. Since the 1980s, the number of graduates who would “seriously64% in 1982 to just 17% today. The report consider” teaching as a career has fallen sharply, fromsuggests that urgent action needs to be taken in order to encourage more intelligent young graduatesinto teaching.The main drawback(缺点)of secondary teaching, according to the report, is the low salary. Earnings in teaching are much lower than in many other jobs. Joanne Manners, 24, is a good example: “I graduated in maths last year, and I was thinking of doing a teacher-training course to become a maths teacher---but I saw I could earn twice as much if I worked in marketing or advertising, so I decided not to become a teacher.”It's not just about the money, however. The survey concluded that another reason why peopledon’t want to be teachers is that some teenagers behave very badly in school. A lot of schools have problems with discipline, and it seems clear that children do not have the same respect for teachersLondon: “I think parents are toas in the past. Here’s the view of Dave Hallam, an accountant fromblame. They should have stricter rules with their children at home and also teach their children tohave more respect for teachers.”The report is clear that the problem of teacher shortage is a very serious one. It says that the government should raise teachers’ pay significantly, to catch up with workers in other professions. It also indicates that the government could launch a nationwide publicity campaign, with some advertisements on TV and in the newspapers, to show the positive sides of teaching to young people.Keys:Secondary schools in UK experienced difficulties recruiting young teachers. The reasons arelow salary and kid’s bad behavior, which push talents to business occupations with twice income. Therefore, poorly behaved students need to obey stricter rules and parents need to discipline themat home. Also, government should increase teachers’ income and promote a teaching campaign todisplay teaching’s bright side. (60 words)/It is reported that many secondary schools in UK have trouble enrolling young teachers dueto the low salary and the bad behavior of the youth in school. To change the situation, parentsshould be strict with the kids to back teachers up and the government are encouraged to improveteachers’ income and publicize the positive image of teaching. (59 words)Eleven【2017届上海市金山区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of thepassage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.painful? This might be called Do you find getting up in the morning so difficult that it’slaziness, but Dr. Kleitman has a new explanation. He has proved that everyone has a daily energycycle.During the hours when you labor through your work you may say that you’re “hot”. That’s true. The time of day when you feel most energetic is when your cycle of body temperature is atits peak. For some people the peak comes during the forenoon. For others it comes in theafternoon or evening. No one has discovered why this is so, but it leads to such familiarmonologues (自言自语) as: “Get u p, John! You’ll b e late for work again!” The possibleexplanation to the trouble is that John is at his temperature-and-energy peak in the evening. Muchfamily quarrelling ends when husbands and wives realize what these energy cycles mean, andwhich cycle each member of the family has.You can’t change your energy cycle, but you can learn to make your life fit it better. Habitcan help, Dr. Kleitman belie ves. Maybe you’re sleepy in the evening but feel you must stay up lateanyway. Counteract(对抗)your cycle to some extent by habitually staying up later than you wantto. If our energy is low in the morning but you have an important job to do early in the day, riseyou’ll get up steam (鼓起干劲) andbefore your usual hour. This won’t change your cycle, butwork better at your low point.Get off to a slow start which saves your energy. Get up with a leisurely yawn and stretch. Siton the edge of the bed a minute before putting your feet on the floor. Avoid the troublesomesearch for clean clothes by laying them out the night before. Whenever possible, do routine workin the afternoon and save tasks requiring more energy or concentration for your sharper hours.。
2016届上海市各区高三英语一模试题题型分类专题汇编--完型填空--学生版(已校对)
III. Reading ComprehensionSection ADirections: For each blank in the following passage there are four words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.Why girls do better at school than boys?For centuries, boys were top of the class. But these days, that’s no longer the case.A new study by the OECD, a club of mostly __51__ countries in Europe and North America, examined how 15-year-old boys and girls performed at reading, mathematics and science. Boys still get somewhat better __52__ at maths and physics, and in other science courses the genders are roughly __53__. But when it comes to the students who really struggle and suffer at school, the difference is __54__: boys are 50% more likely than girls to fall short of basic standards in all three areas.__55__, why are girls performing better at school than their male classmates?First, girls read more than boys. Reading proficiency (熟练) is the basis upon which all other learning is built. When boys don’t do well in reading, their __56__ in other school subjects suffers too.Second, girls spend much more time on their homework and out-of-class learning. __57__, girls spend five and a half hours per week doing homework while boys spend a little less than four and a half hours. Researchers suggest that doing homework __58__ by teachers is linked to better accomplishment in maths, reading and science. Boys, it appears, spend more of their free time in the __59__ world; they are 17% more likely to play cooperative online games than girls every day. They also use the internet more.Third, peer __60__ plays a role. A lot of boys decide early on that they are just too cool for school. They adopt a so-called concept of masculinity(男子气概) that includes a disregard for __61__, which means they’re more likely to be rude and noisy in class. Teachers mark them down for this. In anonymous(匿名的) tests, boys perform better. In fact, the gender gap in reading __62__ by a third when teachers don’t know the gender of the pupil they are marking.So what can be done to close this gap? Getting boys to do more homework and cut down on screen-time would help. And offering boys a __63__ to read non-fiction would help too: they’re keener on comics and newspapers. But most of all, abandoning gender stereotypes(旧模式) would __64__ all students. Thus, boys in all countries with the best schools read much better than girls. As we know, girls in Shanghai, Singapore and Seoulare good at mathematics, and they __65__ boys from anywhere else in the world.51. A. backward B. wealthy C. regular D. miserable52. A. scores B. directions C. guidance D. evaluation53. A. practical B. reliable C. relevant D. equal54. A. stable B. vague C. obvious D. logical55. A. However B. Therefore C. Similarly D. Instead56. A. behaviour B. comment C. preparation D. performance57. A. In brief B. On average C. On the contrary D. In addition58. A. researched B. designed C. assigned D. approved59. A. virtual B. realistic C. future D. artificial60. A. relationship B. contact C. responsibility D. pressure61. A. experts B. authorities C. adults D. peers62. A. develops B. widens C. narrows D. forms63. A. chance B. task C. favour D. resource64. A. influence B. harm C. satisfy D. benefit65. A. advance B. overtake C. overcome D. challengeSection ADirections: For each blank in the following passages there are four words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.New Tech Network, a new education organization, strives to ensure all students have the skills, knowledge, and attributes they need to thrive in post-secondary education, career and civic life.New Tech Network cooperates with district leaders, administrators, and teachers who share a common purpose: to provide an education in which students acquire knowledge and develop skills vital to __51__ in the post-secondary path of their choosing. The New Tech design is simply a blueprint, __52__ a set of core beliefs, tools, and strategies to help each school fulfill its purpose. New Tech design principles provide for an __53__ approach centered on project-based learning, a culture that enables students and teachers, and the use of technology in the classroom. Through extensive professional development, personalized coaching, and access to Echo, New Tech Network, a learning __54__ system, enables principals, teachers, and students to develop relevant and meaningful learning communities.TEACHING THAT ENGAGESA K-12 PathwayThrough project-based learning, internships(见习期), dual enrollment, and other experiences in New Tech schools, students are well __55__ post-secondary pursuits.__56__, New Tech Network has worked with public school districts to redesign high schools. More recently, however, New Tech Network is partnering with several school districts to __57__ New Tech middle schools and elementary schools. In some districts, this provides students with a K-12 pathway. In elementary and middle schools, the design principles are the same—teaching that engages, culture that empowers, and technology that enables. As the elementary and middle schools mature, New Network will measure success on student__58__.Learning __59__The years spent in a New Tech school allow students to gain the academic and deeper learning skills necessary for success in any post-secondary option. New Tech students learn disciplinary knowledge and skills to conduct inquiry and solve real-world problems. Throughout a project, they cooperate with peers, facilitators, and experts in the field. Students __60__ their learning through effective oral and written communication for authentic audiences.Ownership of their learning experience and engagement in relevant and challenging taskshelps students develop a sense of agency, a skill essential to success in __61__, career, and civic duty.Project-Based LearningProject-based learning is at the heart of New Tech Network’s instructional approach. Students cooperate on projects, ranging in __62__ from two to eight weeks, which require critical thinking and communication. Projects often occur in integrated subject area courses, where Entry Events, the Need-to-Know (NTK) process, and skill building workshops support student-centred learning. During projects, students often engage withsubject matter experts who provide feedback on real-world products. Through project-based learning, students not only master __63__ content, but also successfully apply content when solving authentic problems.__64__ -Based InternshipsNew Tech students also engage in experiences designed to prepare them for success in the contemporary workplace. By cooperating with others on projects, students acquire a level of responsibility similar to a __65__ work environment. Students engage with field experts and community stakeholders(利益相关者) during projects, and final products are presented to authentic audiences. Additionally, two-thirds of New Tech high schools offer such practical activities, with nearly half of all seniors participating.51. A. success B. rescue C. survival D. reform52.A. owing to B. getting rid of C. depending on D. accompanied by53.A. intermediate B. intelligent C. instructional D. informative54.A. innovation B. requirement C. management D. negotiation55.A. related to B. prepared for C. classified by D. compared with56.A. Accidentally B. Accordingly C. Absolutely D. Historically57.A. evaluate B. observe C. connect D. create58.A. teaching B. learning C. engaging D. developing59.A. Problems B. Outcomes C. Strategies D. Discipline60.A. demonstrate B. promote C. highlight D. motivate61.A. elementary schoolsB. middle schools C. high schools D. college62.A. length B. courses C. topics D. targets63.A. advanced B. academic C. complex D. adequate64.A. Network B. Workshop C. Community D. College65.A. permanent B. professional C. popular D. familiarSection ADirections: For each blank in the following passages there are four words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.Many of us have found ourselves trying to explain to friends and colleagues, ―No, busine ss travel isn’t as fun and fascinating as it seems.‖Finally, there could be ___51___ to back this up. Researchers at the University of Surrey, in Britain, and Linnaeus University, in Sweden, have published a new study highlighting what they call ―a ___52___ side of hypermobility(常飞行)‖.The study, which combines existing research on the ___53___ of frequent travel, finds three types of consequence: physiological, psychological and emotional, and social.The physiologicalones are the most obvious. Jet lag is the suffering travellers know best, although they may not ___54___ some of its more terrible potential effects, like speeding ageing or increasing the risk of heart attack and stroke. Then there’s the danger of deep-vein thrombosis(深静脉血栓), ___55___ to germs and radiation. And finally, of course, business travellers tend to get less exercise and eat less healthily than people who stay in place.The psychological and emotional damage of business travel is more abstract, but just as real. Frequent flyers e xperience ―travel disorientation‖ from ___56___ places and time zones so often. They also ___57___ mounting stress, given that ―time spent travelling will rarely be balancedthrough a reduced workload, and that there may be anxieties ___58___ with work continuing to pile up while being away‖. ___59___ the absence from family and friends, ―hypermobility is frequently a/an ___60___ experience,‖ the authors write. The accumulated impact can be astonishing and great.Finally, there are the ___61___ effects. Marriages suffer from the time apart, as does children’s behaviour. What is more, relationships tend to become more ___62___, as the partner who stays at home is forced to take on more ___63___ duties. There’s a gender inequality here, since most business travellers are men. Friendships also suffer, as business travellers often ―sacrifice local collective activities and instead ___64___ their immediate families when returning from trips‖.Of course, these impacts are moderated by the fact that they fall disproportionately on a small part of the population that is already doing rather well. The ―mobile elite(精英)‖ tend to have higher incomes and ___65___ to better health care than the population at large.So these may be problems of the 1% (or the 3%, or the 5%). But they’re real enough regardless. By all means feel jealous of acquaintances' Instagram photos of exotic meals and faraway attractions. But harbour a small amount of concern as well.51. A. travel B. proof C. damage D. consequence52. A. brighter B. wiser C. darker D. lazier53. A. effects B. benefits C. limits D. costs54. A. impose B. foresee C. declare D. memorize55. A. connection B. adaptation C. exposure D. familiarity56. A. changing B. leaving C. taking D. pursuing57. A. handle B. relieve C. suffer D. lay58. A. infected B. associated C. greeted D. packed59. A. Due to B. According to C. Regardless of D. In case of60. A. surprising B. relaxing C. fulfilling D. isolating61. A. cultural B. conscious C. social D. negative62. A. unequal B. invisible C. pleasant D. permanent63. A. personal B. related C. professional D. domestic64. A. prioritize B. mobilize C. seek D. support65. A. devotion B. objection C. response D. accessSection ADirections: For each blank in the following passage there are four words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.At 1:30 p.m. on March 31, 1981, John Hinckley Jr. stepped from a crowd of onlookers and tried to kill Ronald Reagan, the president of the United States. Although he failed, he did cause injury to the president. The crime was committed in clear view of many people. 51 , at the end of his trial, Hinckley was found not 52 by reason of insanity (精神失常). Instead of prison, Hinckley was sent to a mental hospital, where he remains.The judgment in Hinckley’s case did more than annoy a few people. It53 a nationwide debate about whether people accused of a crime can claim they were insane when they did it. If they were capable of 54 and then committing a crime, how could they later claim to have been insane? One starting point is to identify what insane means in a U.S. court of law.Very young children cannot be 55 if they do not know right from wrong, because they cannot be held morally responsible for their actions. For most people, moral responsibility comes with age and maturity. Psychologists, however, say that there are some adults who cannot recognize right from wrong. Since these adults cannot tell the 56 , they should not be held morally responsible for their actions. In a U.S. court of law, an adult like this may be considered insane. Hinckley was judged insane because 57 determined that his mind was not functioning like a(n) 58 adult’s so he had no idea what he was doing. Instead of spending the rest of his life in prison, Hinckley would be committed to a mental hospital, where he could be treated for his illness.People who are against the use of an insanity defense say that criminals like Hinckley do know what they are doing. 59 of the insanity defense say that everyone who commits a serious crime like Hinckley’s could be said to be mentally ill. Otherwise, the person would not commit the crime 60 . There are many people who struggle with severe mental illness who do not commit crimes. The illnesses should not be used as a(n) 61 for violent behavior.People who 62 the insanity defense believe that mental illnesses are not always treatable.Psychologists have been able to detect patterns of behavior. These mental detectives have 63 evidence that a person can be insane but seem normal. Hinckley and others with 64 conditions suffer from delusions (错觉). Even though people with delusions may seem normal, the world does not appear to them as it does to other people. Therefore, experts say, such people cannot be held to the rules of behavior other people are held to. Their punishments should be 65 .51. A. Therefore B. However C. Otherwise D. Moreover52. A. hurt B. healthy C. safe D. guilty53. A. kicked off B. cleared up C. let out D. put away54. A. confessing B. starting C. planning D. discovering55. A. sentenced B. punished C. annoyed D. defended56. A. insanity B. truth C. responsibility D. difference57. A. judges B. psychologists C. experts D. detectives58. A. mature B. independent C. normal D. capable59. A. Opponents B. Onlookers C. Victims D. Researchers60. A. on the contrary B. by this means C. in the first place D. at the same time61. A. example B. excuse C. defense D. idea62. A. study B. refuse C. transform D. support63. A. destroyed B. compared C. examined D. gathered64. A. realistic B. ordinary C. similar D. treatable65. A. severe B. negotiable C. acceptable D. legalSection ADirections: For each blank in the following passage there are four words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.Are we too slow to praise and quick to blame? It seems we are.Praise is like sunlight to the human spirit; we cannot flower and grow without it. And yet, we are somehow 51 to give our fellows the warm sunshine of praise. To make matters worse, most of us are only too ready to apply to others the cold wind of 52 .It’s strange how chary(吝啬的) we are about praising. Perhaps it’s because few of us know how to accept compliments gracefully. 53 , we are embarrassed and shrug off(不予理睬) the words we are really so glad to hear. Because of this 54 reaction, direct compliments are surprisingly difficult to give. That is why some of the most valued pats on the back are those which come to us 55 , in a letter or passed on by a friend. When one thinks of the speed with which spiteful(恶意的) remarks are conveyed, it seems a pity that there isn’t more effort to pass 56 comments.It’s especially rewarding to give praise in areas where effort generally goes unnoticed or 57 . An artist gets complimented for a glorious picture, a cook for a perfect meal. But do you ever tell your 58manager how pleased you are when the shirts are done just right?Praise is particularly appreciated by those doing 59 jobs: gas-station attendants, waitresses -even housewives. Do you ever go into a house and say, ―What a tidy room‖? Hardly anybody does. Shakespeare said, ―Our praises are our wages.‖ Since so often praise is the only 60 a housewife receives, surely she of all people should get her measure.Teachers agree about the value of praise. One teacher writes that instead of drowning students’ compositions in critical red ink, the teacher will get far more 61 results by finding one or two things which have been done better than last time, and commenting 62 on them. ―I believe that a student knows when he has handed in something above his usual standard,‖ writes the teacher, ―and that he waits hungrily for a brief comment in the margin(空白处) to show him that the teacher is aware of it, too.‖To give praise 63 the giver nothing but a moment's thought and a moment’s effort. It is such a small 64 . And yet consider the results it may produce. ―I can live for two months on a good compliment,‖ said Mark Twain. So, let’s be 65 to the small excellences around us —and comment on them. We will not only bring joy into other people’s lives, but also, very often, add happiness into our own.51. A. guilty B. impatient C. fortunate D. reluctant52. A. charity B. criticism C. chemical D. command53. A. Instead B. Therefore C. Moreover D. Otherwise54. A. extreme B. immediate C. defensive D. positive55. A. naturally B. indirectly C. similarly D. closely56. A. pleasing B. unfair C. interesting D. objective57. A. unchanged B. unmatched C. unmentioned D. unemployed58. A. hotel B. personnel C. sales D. laundry59. A. ideal B. routine C. demanding D. steady60. A. wage B. chance C. input D. support61. A. inevitable B. constructive C. disappointing D. concrete62. A. frequently B. occasionally C. critically D. favorably63. A. highlights B. provides C. costs D. signals64. A. achievement B. challenge C. investment D. substitute65. A. certain B. alert C. resistant D. superiorSection ATwo friends have an argument that breaks up their friendship forever, even though neither one can remember how the whole thing got started. Such sad events happen over and over in high schools across the country. 51 , according to an official report on youth violence, ―in our country today, the greatest threat to the lives of children and adolescents is not disease or starvation or abandonment, but the terrible reality of violence‖. Given that this is the case, why aren’t students taught to manage 52 the way they are taught to solve math problemsor stay physically fit?First of all, students need to realize that conflict is 53 . A report indicates that most violent inc idents between students begin with a relatively minor 54 . For example, a fight could start over the fact that one student eats a peanut butter sandwich each lunchtime. 55the sandwich can lead to insults, which in turn can lead to violence. The problem isn’t in thesandwich, but in the way students deal with the conflict.Once students recognize that conflict is unavoidable, they can 56 the golden rule of conflict resolution: stay calm. Once the student feels calmer, he should choose words that will calm the other person down as well. Rude wordsand accusation only add fuel to the emotional fire. On the other hand, 57 words spoken at a normal sound level can put out the fire before it explodes out of control.After both sides have calmed down, they can use another key 58 for conflict resolution: listening. Listening allows the two sides to understand each other. One person should describe his or her side, and the other person should listen without interrupting. Afterward, the listener can ask non-threatening questions to make the speaker’s position clear. Then the two people should change 59 .60 , students need to consider what they are hearing. This doesn’t mean trying to figure out what’s wrong with the other person. It means understanding what the real issue is and what both sides are trying to 61 . For example, a shouting match over a peanut butter sandwich might happen because one person thinks the other person is unwilling to try new things. Students need to ask themselves questions such as these: How did this start? What do I really want? What am I afraid of? As the issue becomes 62 , the conflict often simply becomes smaller. Even if it doesn’t, 63 thought helps both sides figure out a bettersolution.After students started a conflict resolution, there has been an increase in student 64 . Learning to resolve conflicts can help students 65 friends,teachers, parents, bosses and coworkers. In that way, conflict resolution is a basic life skill that should be taught in schools across the country.51.A. As a result B. In fact C. By contrast D. On the contrary52.A. conflict B. lives C. relationships D. affairs53. A. violent B. global C. unresolved D. unavoidable54.A. remark B. assumption C. insult D. resolution55.A. Preferencefor B. Particularity aboutC. Complaint overD. Laughter over56.A. interpret B. practice C. assess D. bend57.A. soft B. tough C. critical D. clear58.A. measure B. strategy C. assessment D. application59.A. responses B. attitudes C. roles D. intentions60.A. Contrarily B. Relatively C. Consequently D. Finally61.A. accomplish B. ignore C. foresee D. seek62.A. wider B. clearer C. more complex D. more critical63.A. unselfish B. initial C. inspiring D. careful64.A. cooperation B. argument C. gratitude D. support65.A. admire B. select C. deal with D. back upIII. Reading ComprehensionSection ADirections:For each blank in the following passages there are four words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.While residents of wealthy nations tend to have greater life satisfaction, new research shows that those living in poorer nations report having greater meaning in life.These findings, published in Psychological Science, a journal of the Association for Psychological science, suggest that meaning in life may be higher in poorer nations __51__ greater religiosity(笃信宗教). As countries become richer, religion becomes less __52__ to people’s lives and they lose a sense of meaning in life.―Thus far, the wealth of nations has been almost always __53__ longevity, health, happiness or life satisfaction,‖ explains psychological scientist Shigehiro Oishi of the University of Virginia. ―Given that meaning in life is an important aspect o f overall well-being, we wanted to look more carefully at differential __54__, correlates(相关物), and predictors for meaning in life.‖Oishi and colleague Ed Diener of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign __55__ life satisfaction, meaning, and well-being by examining data from the 2007 Gallup World Poll, a __56__ survey of over 140,000 participants from 132 countries. __57__ answering a basic life satisfaction question, participants were asked: ―Do you feel your life has an important __58__ ormeaning?‖ and ―Is religion an important part of your daily life?‖The data revealed some unexpected __59__:―Among Americans, those who are high in life satisfaction are also high in meaning in life,‖ says Oishi. ―But when we looked at the societal level of analysis, we found a completely __60__ pattern of the association between meaning in life and life satisfaction.‖When looking across many countries, Oishi and Diener found that people in wealthier nations were more educated, had fewer children, and expressed more individualistic attitudes compared to those in poorer countries –all factors that were associated with higher life satisfaction but a __61__ lower sense of meaning in life.‖The data suggest that religiosity may play an important role: Residents of wealthier nations, where religiosity is lower, reported __62__ meaning in life and had higher suicide rates than poorer countries.According to the researchers, religion may provide meaning to life to the extent that it __63__ people to overcome personal difficulty and cope with the struggles of working to survive in poor economic conditions:Oishi and Diener hope to reproduce these findings using more comprehensive meas ures of meaning and religiosity, and are interested in __64__ countries over time to track whether economic __65__ gives rise to less religiosity and less meaning in life.51. A. by means of B. as a result of C. for the sake of D. with regard to52. A. central B. ideal C. formal D. superior53. A. related with B. combined with C. associated with D. represented with54. A. models B. styles C. designs D. patterns55. A. investigated B. diagnosed C. explored D. exploited56. A. nationwide B. thorough C. complete D. large-scale57. A. Except for B. Instead of C. Rather than D. In addition to58. A. opportunity B. temptation C. purpose D. definition59. A. trends B. practices C. outlooks D. currents60. A. precious B. similar C. relevant D. different61. A. exactly B. significantly C. adequately D. partially62. A. better B. less C. more D. fewer63. A. allows B. requests C. reminds D. helps64. A. following B. chasing C. pursuing D. predicting65. A. priority B. profit C. prosperity D. potentialSection ADirections: For each blank in the following passage there are four words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.New research offers fresh insight on when to launch a product or service, and shows that being first to market isn’t always a competitive advantage.In 2004, David Cohen had an idea for a social network for mobile phones that would connect users in the real world. His company, called iContact, launched a beta version ( 测试版 ), and seemed ready to tap the muchpublicized mobile software market. Cohen, then 36, had already founded a successful software company. __51__, after 18 months, he was unable to get phone carriersto distribute his software, and he closed the company.Bets on mobile applications didn’t begin to __52__ until Apple’s iPhone app stor eopened the market in 2008.Conventional __53__ says being first to market creates a competitive advantage. Reality is more complicated. Market opportunities are __54__ opening and closing, and a hit idea at one point could be a failure a year earlier or a yawning ― me too ‖ business a year later. It’s tough---likely __55__ ---to identify the best moment to enter a market, but common sense dictates new entrepreneurs ( 创业人) can improve their odds ( 机会) if they __56__ how much they bearto gain or lose by waiting.New academic research suggests one way entrepreneurs can __57__whether they should enter a market first or wait on the sidelines. The decision depends on how hostile ( 不利的) the learning environment is; __58__, how much entrepreneurs can learn by observing other players before they __59__, compared to what they learn from participating after they enter, according toMoren Levesque, an entrepreneurship researcher at the University of Waterloo. Levesque, along with professors Maria Minniti of Southern Methodist University and Dean Shepherd of Indiana University, used a mathematical __60__ to weigh the risks and benefits of entering the market early. Their research is among the first to explore ― how different learning environments may influence the ent ry behavior of entrepreneurs.‖The key tothe academics’ findings on timing is this: In a hostile learning environment, entrepreneurs gain relatively __61__ benefit by watching others. For example, if the relevant knowledge is __62__intellectual property, studying the market before entering wouldn’t yield much advantage. In these situations, the trade-off ( 权衡利弊) __63__ entering early. But in less hostile learning environments, where entrepreneurs gain valuable information __64__to increase their success just by watching other companies, companies benefit from waiting and learning lessons from earlier players. IContact’s successors, for example, may have learned from watching the company’s trouble in getting mobile networks to distribute their software, a b arrier that was __65__ by the iPhone’s app store.51.A. Otherwise B. Moreover C.However D. Therefore52.A. pay in B. pay back C. pay for D. pay off53.A. custom B. wisdom C. habit D. experience54.A. completely B. confusingly C. constantly D. increasingly55.A. impossible B. possible C. potential D. manageable56.A. imagine B. interpret C. weigh D. measure57. A. value B. evaluate C. ensure D. convince58.A. after all B. as a result C.in other words D.in addition59.A. launch B. campaign C. strike D. function60. A. version B. pattern C. example D. model61.A. few B. many C. little D. much62.A. provided B. protected C. shared D. improved63.A. favors B. dislikes C. opposes D. concerns64.A. unlikely B. likely C. unbelievable D. questionable65.A. lowered B. created C. resolved D. removed。
上海市2017届各区高三英语一模汇编:阅读理解C篇(带答案精准校对)
1---虹口区Section BDirections: Read the following three passages. Each passage is followed by several questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one that fits best according to the information given in the passage you have just read.(C)A group of college students is hoping to place a satellite powered only by water into an orbit (轨道) around the moon.The students are from Cornell University in thestate of New York. They are taking part in a competitioncalled the Cube Quest Challenge. It is a program ofNASA, the American space agency. The Cornell team iscalled the CisLunar Explorers. The word cislunar means“between the earth and the moon.”The challenge is simple: to design, build and deliver “flight-qualified, small satellites.” NASA off icials say the satellites must be able to perform “advanced operations near and beyond the moon.”Ten teams are taking part in the competition. But the CisLunar Explorer satellites are different. They are the only ones using water to power their spacecraft.The idea for a water-powered vehicle came from Mason Peck, who works at Cornell University. He once worked as NASA’s chief technologist. He has always wanted to use something other than rockets to push spacecraft beyond earth. “A lot of the mass we send into orbit these days is in the form of rockets -- the only way we get anything into space,” he said, in a Cornell press release. “But what if we could use what’s already there? If we could do that, if we could re-fuel spacecraft while they’re already in space...”The spacecraft is shaped like the English letter L. It measures about 30 centimeters in length, and the two pieces are connected. Water is stored in the lower part of the satellite. The sun will separate the water into two elements: hydrogen and oxygen. When one combines hydrogen and oxygen with a spark (火花), an explosion results. This provides a forward movement, known as thrust.The CisLunar Explorer team has an unusual way to guide its spacecraft. The idea is to copy how old-time sailors used the moon, sun and stars to fix their position on the oceans. The satellite is equipped with cameras. The cameras will take pictures of the sun, the earth and the moon and compare their positions and their sizes. Based on where the sun, moon and earth are at any given time, the CisLunar Explorers will do the mathematics to find their position.The competition is being held in four parts. The Cornell team has been among the top three competitors during parts one and two. The winners of the third stage will be announced in about a month. The final three winners will be announced in early 2017. They will get to ride on NASA’s space launch system in early 2018.63. The essential part of the competition “the Cube Quest Challenge” is ______.A. to launch a satellite to take a watery flight to the moonB. to design, build and deliver a small and flight-qualified satelliteC. to place a satellite powered only by water into an orbit around the moonD. to make the satellite perform advanced operations near and beyond the moon64. What does Mason Peck want to do at Cornell University according to the passage?A. To stop using rockets for the sake of safety.B. To use something already in space as power.C. To try using water in space to push spacecraft.D. To design a water-powered vehicle to push spacecraft.65. It can be inferred from the passage that ______.A. there is a lot of rubbish of rockets and satellites in the orbit these daysB. a water-powered satellite will soon be sent into the orbit around the moonC. the explosion of the combination of hydrogen and oxygen provides powerD. the team members of the CisLunar Explorers are the students of Mason Peck66. What would be the best title of the passage?A. A Spacecraft Powered by WaterB. A Water-Powered Flight to the MoonC. A Competition for Water-Powered SatelliteD. A Design of Water-Powered Space JourneyKeys: 63-66: DBCASection BDirections: Read the following three passages. Each passage is followed by several questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one that fits best according to the information given in the passage you have read.(C)①What does it say about the future of meat when the country’s largest processor of chicken, pork, and beef buys a stake(股份) in a start-up that aims to “perfectly replace animal protein with plant protein”?②Tyson Foods announced this week that it purchased a 5 percent stake in Beyond Meat, the Southern California-based food-tech start-up that made headlines earlier this year with its veggie burger that reportedly cooks and tastes like real beef.③To be sure, Beyond Meat’s meatless creations have yet to take the c ountry by storm. Although the 100 percent plant-based burgers have achieved plenty of positive press since they appeared for the first time in May, so far they’re only available at Whole Foods stores in seven states. Even though the company’s “chicken” strips, “beef” pies, and meatless frozen dinners are available nationwide, Beyond Meat is hardly a household name.④That may be what makes the news of Tyson’s investment all the more noteworthy. While the two companies declined to give details about the deal, it’s doubtful that Tyson’s 5 percent stake made much of dent(凹陷) in the meat giant’s coffers(金库). The company posted $41.4 billion in sales last year; prior to the deal with Tyson, Beyond Meat had reportedly raised $64 million in project capital funding—about what Tyson earns before lunch on any given day.⑤Tyson is doing pretty great. The company reported record third-quarter earnings per share in August and says that it expects overall meat production to increase 2 to 3 percent during the next financial year. But like a big oil company shelling out cash to invest in wind power, Tyson’s toe-in-the-water move to team up with a start-up devoted to bringing more plant-based protein to American dinner tables seems to suggest the meat industry is starting to see which way the winds are blowing.⑥Sales of plant-based protein, which totaled an estimated $5 billion last year, continue to pale compared with the market for meat in America—but vegetarian alternatives to meat arebooming, with sales growing at more than double the rate for food products overall. The steady drumbeat of news about the negative health impacts, environmental problems, and animal welfare concerns associated with meat consumption appears to be sinking in. According to a survey released in April, more than half of Americans surveyed said they plan to eat more plant-based foods in the coming year.63. Beyond Meat’s veggie burger made headlines probably because __________.A. it makes perfect use of animal proteinB. it uses high tech in the making processC. it tastes as good as a genuine beef burgerD. it represents the diet trend in South California64. Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding the state of Beyond Meat?A. It is the creator of the country’s first 100 percent plant-based burgers.B. It has been well received as its products are available nationwide.C. It is far from being a match to real food processing giants like Tyson.D. It provides high-quality dining experience in selected Whole Foods stores.65. What can we infer from paragraph 4?A. The purchase of the stake barely costs a thing for Tyson.B. The 5 percent stake in Beyond Meat means a lot to Tyson.C. Tyson’s investment hasn’t caught the attention of the media as expected.D. Tyson is relying on this investment to raise more project capital funding.66. What does the passage mainly talk about?A. Meat will still take over the market in spite of other alternatives.B. A major American meat company is betting on plant-based protein.C. Tyson and Beyond Meat work together to build a global meat giant.D. Plants have been found to contain protein that does more good to human beings.Keys: 63-66 CCABSection BDirections: Read the following three passages. Each passage is followed by several questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one that fits best according to the information given in the passage you have read.(C)Spain’s Literary GeniusFour centuries ago, the author of one of the greatest comedic characters in the world literature took his last breath. Miguel de Cervantes (1547-1616), the author of Don Quixote, is to the Spanish what Shakespeare is to the English and Dante is to Italians - a national literary icon.Cervantes’ book is still appreciated today, hundreds of years after its publication, because it’s a wonderfully truthful comedy. Don Quixote, like human beings generally, has great difficulty distinguishing reality from imagination. Readers may laugh at his strange behavior, but when we laugh, we laugh with recognition.The book records the adventures of Alonso Quijano, an older Spanish gentleman who loves romance novels. In truth, he reads far too many romances, and they have affected his mind. Quijano is so mixed up that he decides that he must become a knight himself. Imagine a comic book fan who decides to dress up as a superhero to fight crime, and you’ll get the picture.Setting the sceneAlonso Quijano reinvents himself as “Don Quixote de La Mancha”, an aristocratic(贵族的)name that suits his ambition of being a knight. Next, since every knight needs a horse, he finds himself an old one named Rocinante. But Rocinante is not exactly cut out for life as a knight’s horse. He’s tired from years of farm work. He’s unlikely to be of much help in any fight against an enemy.The heroes in the romances Quijano reads all had a lady to love. They were highborn, like the knights the mselves. Quijano chooses Aldonza Lorenzo, a farmer’s daughter, to be his beloved. She becomes “Dulcinea del Toboso”, or “the sweet woman of Toboso”. How does Aldonza feel about Quijano’s attentions? She doesn’t feel much at all, actually. Aldonza is yet an other byproduct of Quijano’s imagination, like so many things.Finding a sidekickNow comes Cervantes’ second great creation: Sancho Panza. Once servant in Quijano’s house, Panza is promoted to the role of squire(随从), because every self-respecting knight needs a squire. Panza has a sensible head on his shoulders, and he is a foil(衬托)to his foolish master.The pair faces many adventures, but none are as heroic as a knight’s should be. We laugh, rather than cry, as we read. Quijano tries to act on be half of justice, but he doesn’t often succeed.Cervantes’ novel inspired a word that sums up Quijano’s romantic nature: “quixotic”. In English we use the word to describe someone who is idealistic but foolish in pursuit of his ideals. It is a mark of C ervantes’ genius that he was able to identify this trait and personify it using such a great comedic character. We should appreciate him for it on this significant occasion.63. On what occasion did the author write this review?A. The 400th anniversary of the publication of Don Quixote.B. An Italian Poet, Dante’s 800th birth anniversary.C. An English genius, William Shakespeare’s 400th death anniversary.D. Miguel de Cervantes’ 400th anniversary of his death.64. Which role is Alonso Quijano most likely to identify with?A. Miguel de Cervantes.B. Don Quixote de La Mancha.C. Dulcinea del Toboso.D. Sancho Panza.65.What can be inferred from the passage?A. Don Quixote’s failure of distinguish reality from imagination amuses the readers.B. Quijano manages to bring justice to the world by means of force.C. Quijano is a Spanish aristocrat with great ambition.D. Reading romance novel will make people behave in a foolish way.66.According to the author, readers admire Cervantes and his masterpiece because .A.Cervantes is equal to Shakespeare and Dante as a national literary iconB.Quijano’s adventure is romantic and heroicC. Cervantes has a genius for personifying Quijan o’s quixotic nature in a truthful comedy.D. Quijano’s vivid imagination has brought other minor characters to lifeKeys:63—66 DBACSection BDirections: Read the following three passages. Each passage is followed by several questions orunfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one that fits best according to the information given in the passage you have read.(C)Not setting homework can be impossible in certain situations. There are many arguments in favour of homework, and most teachers would agree with many, if not all, of the following:homework is a perfect opportunity to go over calmly what was done with the teacher, and rethink and develop that initial input; homework offers a moment for students to work as individuals and develop learner self-governance outside the classroom;students and parents expect homework to be set and to be corrected. Nevertheless, the drawbacks that homework may have are often overlooked.There are two key issues which need to be raised when dealing with the concept of homework. Firstly, there is the question of home. Often homework is not done at home at all, but at a fri end’s house, on the street, on the bus on the way to class or sitting on the step outside school before it opens. What’s more, all too often, for it to be done effectively at home, homework requires the participation and involvement of other adults. Parent s play a crucial role in a child’s education, but they can’t always be available, for a number of very valid reasons, and a tutor’s ability to aid, guide, encourage and simply organize a son or daughter’s study may be limited in many ways. The implication are upsetting: if homework is crucial to success in class, some children have an automatic disability.Considering the second part of the compound noun opens up further questions. If the idea of home can be problematic, so too can the concept of work.Again, this will depend enormously on the context but , very often there is a lot of work put in. Demands on their time and attention span(持续时间)and all sorts of other impositions mean homework is usually something to get out of the way, to be ticked off as done, with the exercises completed as fast as possible. It is not always seen as useful times spent developing and strengthening what is done in class but, rather, as something quickly finished to keep the teacher at bay. It might be correct or not, copied from a friend or cut and pasted from the internet, but the important thing is that a teacher sees the exercise completed and, as a result, the task achieved: how much effort went into that result is not always appreciated or easy to evaluate and, even When work clearly falls below standard, and the mere fact of its having been done is often good enough. Teacher and students are happy because everyone has officially fulfilled theircommitment.The ideal that students go home, think back to what they did with their teacher, use the great resources their books and the internet provide to revise, reflect and put everything they have seen in class in place, into action, into practice, does not often happen with some students.62. Which of the following is not among the advantages of homework according to paragraph 1?A. Solidifying the knowledge and skills learnt in class.B. Developing the ability of the independent learning.C. Building a closer teacher-student relationship.D. Meeting the requirements of students and parents.63. Speaking of the significant impact of homework upon children’s success in class, some are just inferior to others because_______.A. their tutors are not always available to support themB. they are born without the ability to deal with conceptsC. their family circumstances limit their learning abilityD. some unknown reasons greatly hold up their progress64.“Keep the teacher at bay”(paragragh3) means the way homework is done____.A. imposes enormous meaningless evaluating work on teachersB. blocks teachers from knowing more about their studentsC. displays the great efforts students make to satisfy their teachersD. shows achievements teachers expect to accomplish in their work65. What can be inferred from the passage?A. Homework is hardly functioning as is naturally expected.B. Parents need to stand away from their children’s homework.C. Students prefer doing homework elsewhere instead of at home.D. The quality of homework is usually teachers’ first concern.66.Which of the following might be the best title of the passage?A. Are you ready for homework yet?B. Is there a way out for homework?C. Home and Work: it’s hard to combine.D. Homework or No homework: it is your choice.Keys:62-66 CCBABSection BDirections: Read the following three passages. Each passage is followed by several questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A. B. C and D. Choose the one that fits best according to the information given in the passage you have just read.(C)Until 1964 most forms of gambling were illegal in the United States. Since then, however, more and more stales have legalized gambling in order to raise income. The U. S. gambling industry has gone from an attitude of “prohibition” to one of “promotion”, as all but five states have now legalized gambling as a solution to their depressed economies.Most states in the United States now depend on incomes from state lotteries (博彩)and use them for good causes, such as improving public education, maintaining slate parks, and developing environmental programs.State governments maintain that the voluntary contribution of funds through state lotteries is preferable to increase state sales or income taxes, and the residents of states using the lottery system tend to support this. The gaming industry has also benefited some of the nation's poorest citizens: Native Americans. The U. S. government ruled in 1988 that slates could not tax the revenues earned by gambling on Native American reservations. Having taken advantage of this ruling an open cosmos (赌场)on their reservations, many Native Americans moved from a life of poverty to a life of wealth.Although there are many advantages to legalized gambling, there has also been a good deal of criticism of state-supported gambling. As states increase their support of state lotteries, they seem to encourage commercial gambling in all its forms. About 50 percent of the U. S. population plays the lottery, according to a study by the University of Chicago. This trend has led to an increase in habitual gambling. More than 5 million Americans suffer from gambling addiction. Those most at risk of becoming addicted include the poor, young people between twelve and eighteen years old, and women over the age of fifty, who are looking for some entertainment. As a result, many of them will end up in prison or even homeless. The promise of winning big fortune has created bigproblems.Perhaps the most important concern is the moral issue of legalized gambling. The lottery is the only form of gambling that is essentially a government control. Critics ask whether gambling is a proper function of government. Should the government be the spokesman for the expansion of gambling? Critics say state advertising of lotto emphasizes luck over hard work, instant happiness over careful planning and entertainment over savings. The traditional work ethic (道德准则) is being devalued by the pipedream of striking it rich, and this is sending confusing messages to young people.In 1996, Congress created a commission to conduct a legal study of the social and economic impacts of gambling in the United States. After two years of study, the Commission recommended an end to the expansion of legalized gambling and a ban on Internet gambling. Some feel this will severely hurt the gambling industry. Others fear that it is not enough and are asking the government to take a tough stand against gambling.61.According to the passage, we know that _______ .A.any forms of gambling were banned before 1964 in the USAB.the economical problems led to the rise of gambling industry in the USAC.all American stales have legalized gambling since 1964D.only five states have now legalized gambling because of the depressed economies62.Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage?A.State lottery system helps to raise money to improve people's public welfare.B. Gambling industry helps to change the American way of life.C. Gambling industry helps to improve the life of some poor Native Americans.D. State lottery system helps to increase state sales or income taxes.65.What is the author most concerned about?A.The expanding of the gambling industry.B.The suffering of the gambling-addicted people.C.The moral problems brought about by the legalized gambling.D.The disadvantage of Internet gambling.66. In Paragraph 5, the word “pipedream" means _________ .A. wonderful ideaB. creative ideaC. unworkable planD. practical planKEYS: 63-66 BBCCSection BDirections: Read the following three passages. Each passage is followed by several questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one that fits best according to the information given in the passage you have just read.(C)Books, Films and PlaysThe novelist’s medium is the written word. O ne might almost say the printed word. Typically the novel is consumed by a silent, individual reader, who may be anywhere at the time. The paperback novel is still the cheapest, most portable and adaptable form of narrative entertainment. It is limited to a single channel of information - writing. The narrative can go, effortlessly, anywhere: into space, people’s head, palaces, prisons and pyramids, without any consideration of cost or practical possibility. In determining the shape and content of his narrative, the writer is restricted by nothing except purely artistic criteria(评判标准). The novelist keeps absolute control over his text until it is published and received by the audience. He may be advised by his editor to revise his text, but if the writer refused to meet this condition no one would be surprised. It is not unknown for a well-established novelist to deliver his or her manuscript(手稿) and expect the publisher to print it exactly as written.However, not even the most well-established playwright or screenplay writer would submit(提交) a script and expect it to be performed without any rewriting. This is because plays and motion pictures are cooperative forms of narrative, using more than one channel of communication.The production of a stage play involves, as well as the words of the author, the physical presence of the actors, their voices and gestures, the “set” and possibly music. Although the script is the essential basis of both stage play and film, it is a basis for subsequent revision negotiated between the writer and the other creative people involved. They are given “approval” of the choice of director and actors and have the right to attend rehearsals(排演), during which period they may undertake more rewriting work. In the case of the screenplay, the writer may have little or no control over the final form of his work. Contracts for the production of plays protect the rights ofauthors in this respect.In film or television work, on the other hand, the screenplay writer has no contractual right to this degree of consultation. While the script is going through its various drafts, the writer is in the driver’s seat, although sometimes receiving criticism from the producer and the director. But once the production is under way, artistic control over the project tends to pass to the director. This is a fact overlooked by most journalistic critics of television drama, who tend to give all the credit or blame for success or failure of a production to the writer and actors, ignoring the contribution, for good or ill, of the director.63. From the first and second paragraph, we know that ________.A. there should be artistic criteria for the novelists to followB. playwright or screenplay writers often have to rewrite their workC. compared with playwrights, novelists are relatively independentD. audience sometimes are the key factors to determine artistic criteria64. Why can the novelist expect the publisher to print the manuscript exactly as written?A. Because the novelist keeps absolute control over his text.B. Because the words in the novel are not difficult for readers.C. Because the novel is limited to a single channel of information - writing.D. Because the novelist is seldom advised by editors to revise the text.65. Which of the following statements is True according to the passage?A. Playwrights envy the simplicity of the novelist’s work.B. Experience in the theatre improves the work of screenplay writers.C. Screenplay writers usually have the final say in how a TV drama will turn out.D. Playwrights are frequently involved in revising their work.66. What can we infer from the last paragraph?A. Screenplay writers should take the success of television drama in their hands.B. Screenplay writers should be more sensitive about their contractual right.C. The directors play a decisive role in the final outcome of television drama.D. Critics of television drama tend to neglect the importance of writer and actors.KEYS: 63-66 CCDCSection BDirections: Read the following three passages. Each passage is followed by several questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one that fits best according to the information given in the passage you have just read.(C)Here amid the steel and concrete canyons, green grass grows. A hawthorn tree(山楂树)stands in new soil, and freshly dug plants bend in the wind.But Chicago City Hall here seems an unlikely spot for a garden of any variety—especially 20,000 square feet of gardens—on its roof.As one of a handful of similar projects around the country, the garden is part of a $1.5 million demonstration projected by the city to reduce its “urban heat islands”, said William Abolt, the commissioner of the Department of Environment.Heat islands-dark surfaces in the city, like rooftops---soak up heat. The retention(滞留)can bake a building, making it hard to cool down.The roof of City Hall, a 90-year-old gray stone landmark on LaSalle Street in the heart of downtown, has been known to reach temperature substantially hotter than the actual temperature on the street below.The garden will provide greenery and shade. "And that,,, t4said the city officials, will save the city dollars on those hot summer days.55 The project savings from cooling is about $4,000 a year on a new roof whose life span is about 50 percent longer than that of a traditional roof.The stretching open-air rooftop garden is being carefully built on amulti-tiered(多展的)bed of special soil, polystyrene(聚苯乙烯),egg-carton-shaped cones and “waterproof membrane(薄膜)’’ mall to keep the roof from leaking, or caving under the normal combined weight of soil, min and plant life. The design calls for soil depths of 4 inches to 18 inches. When the last plants and seedlings are buried and the last bit of soil is laid, the garden will have circular brick stepping-stones winding up to hills.“The primary focus of what we wan t.to do is to establish this laboratory on the top of City Hall to get people involved and understanding their impact on the environment ;and how the little things can make an impact on the quality of life,,9 Mr. Abolt said, adding that the plants also help。
2016年上海静安区高三一模英语试卷-学生用卷
2016年上海静安区高三一模英语试卷-学生用卷一、词汇填空1、【来源】 2016年上海静安区高三一模第1~8题Exploration of the PolesThe North Pole and South Pole are at the top and bottom of theEarth,1you won't find an actual pole to mark the place. The poles are the northernmost and southernmost points on the planet. The poles are the most unfriendly environments on Earth.In the early 1900s, explorers competed to become the first2( reach )the South Pole. From 1901 to 1904, British naval officer Robert Scott made the first attempt. Scottgot3( far) south than anyone had been before, but he failed to reach the pole.In 1909, Ernest Shackleton of Britain led an expedition across Antarctica on sleds pulled by dogs. They were only about 100 miles (about 160 kilometers) from the SouthPole4 a shortage of food forced them to turn back.Scott finally reached the South Pole in January 1912.But5(disappoint) Scott found that Roald Amundsen had beaten him by one month. Amundsen's expedition arrived at the pole in December 1911. Amundsenwas6experienced Arctic explorer, and he had made careful preparations, Scott and his companions died of injury, cold, and hunger on their return from the pole.In 1914, Shackleton7( plan ) another expedition to the South Pole. But his ship was crushed by ice, and he had to cross 800 miles (l300 kilometers) of freezing sea in a tiny boat to survive. Shackleton then returned to save his stranded men. It was one of the greatest rescue feats in history.In 1929, Arctic explorer Richard Byrd became the first person who flew over the South Pole. Byrd later pioneered the idea of8( set) up permanent stations for scientific research in Antarctica. A station called the Amundsen—Scott Base has stood at the South Pole since 1977.2、【来源】 2016年上海静安区高三一模第9~16题Teaching in front of a cameraWageningen University is keen on developing forms of education that reach people all over the world. The basics of the course topics are covered in short films and three-minute to seven-minutepresentations1( use ) techniques such as animation and voiceover(画外音).The online Master's programmes are quite different from the large-scale MOOCs (在线课程), explains Busstra. In the Master's courses,the short "knowledge dips" (短片) dealing with the essential topics2( link ) to an assignment directly to help the students actively absorb the knowledge themselves. Teachers can also use them to test3the material has come across well. Busstra says:"The teacher has to think up new ways of working-getting students to make a film clip, for instance,4they present a research setup they have thought up themselves, or to respond to someone else's idea, or to work on a document in groups."The students also get the chance to post a question while they are watching an online film-equivalent of putting your hand up during a lecture. Fellow students and teachers can then answer the question online."There are a lot of misunderstandings about online education," says Busstra, "one of thembeing5there is only one waycommunication.6people are gradually gaining confidence in it. It will stay typically Wageningen: small-scale and based on interaction and group work."The investment7online learning is paying off in the regular education programme too, according to Busstra. Students in Wageningen can pick up the basics at home through the knowledge clips. During lectures, teachers8then provide more in-depth analysis, talk about their own work and supervise students more personally." Increasingly, on-campus and online education will no longer be two separate worlds,” expects Busstra.二、选词填空3、【来源】 2016年上海静安区高三一模第17~26题2018~2019学年上海黄浦区上海市大同中学高二下学期期末第31~40题10分(每题1分) We are familiar with pop culture, but what is peep culture? In pop culture, we turn on the TV and watch our favourite celebrities1us with their performances. In peep culture, we turn on the computer, we move through people's lives on reality TV, blogs, Facebook and YouTube. Instead of getting our entertainment from scripted performances, we get our entertainment from peeping into other people's lives. It can be friends and family. But it's just likely to be people we have never met from around the world.Suddenly, we spend all of our time2other people. And we also invite them to watch us!People3themselves to get attention and to feel like they are part of a community. In peep culture, ordinary people are turned into celebrities.This has never happened before, turning the spotlight on4regular people. There aren't secrets anymore. The notion of private life has changed.As society has become5fast-paced, most of us are really unaware of these changes in our lives. We are moving into a time when our6personality is going to be more important than our actual physical7. What we have online is going to be more important than what we do offline. We are now socially judged by our virtual profiles.In the age of "peep culture, " a tell-all, know-all digital phenomenonis8changing notions of privacy, individuality, security, and even humanity. Susan Boyle became a(n)9celebrity because of peep culture. The entire world was staring at her after her10from a resident of a small Scottish town to a global celebrity. We like the story because she's like a movie, but she's real.A. chasingB. dramaticallyC. entertainD. extremelyE. overnightF. presenceG. revealH. trackingI. transformationJ. virtualK. random三、完形填空4、【来源】 2016年上海静安区高三一模第27~41题New research offers fresh insight on when to launch a product or service, and shows that being first to market isn't always a competitive advantage.In 2004, David Cohen had an idea for a social network for mobile phones that would connect users in the real world. His company, called iContact,launched a beta version (测试版), and seemed ready to tap the much publicized mobile software market. Cohen, then 36, had already founded a successful software company.1, after 18 months, he was unable to get phone carriers to distribute his software, and he closed the company.Bets on mobile applications didn't begin to2until Apple's iPhone app store opened the market in 2008.Conventional3says being first to market creates a competitive advantage. Reality is more complicated. Market opportunities are4opening and closing, and a hit idea at one point could be a failure a year earlier or a yawning "me too" business a year later. It's tough—likely5—to identity the best moment to enter a market, but common sense dictates new entrepreneurs (创业人) can improve their odds (机会)ifthey6how much they bear to gain or lose by waiting.New academic research suggests one way entrepreneurs can7whether they should enter a market first or wait on the sidelines. The decision depends on how hostile (不利的)the learning environment is;8, how much entrepreneurs can learn by observing other players before they9, compared to what they learn from participating after they enter, according to Moren Levesque, an entrepreneurship researcher at the University of Waterloo. Levesque, along with professors Maria Minniti of Southern Methodist University and Dean Shepherd of Indiana University, used a mathematical10to weigh the risks and benefits of entering the market early. Their research is among the first to explore "how different learning environments may influence the entry behavior of entrepreneurs."The key to the academics' findings on timing is this: In a hostile learning environment, entrepreneurs gain relatively11benefit by watching others. For example, if the relevant knowledge is12intellectual property, studying the market before entering wouldn't yield much advantage. In these situations,the trade-off (权衡利弊)13entering early. But in less hostile learning environments, where entrepreneurs gain valuable information14to increase their success just by watching other companies, companies benefit from waiting and learning lessons from earlier players. I Contact successors, for example, may have learned from watching the company's trouble in getting mobile networks to distribute their software, a barrier that was15by the iPhone's app store.A. OtherwiseB. MoreoverC. HoweverD. ThereforeA. pay inB. pay backC. pay forD. pay offA. customB. wisdomC. habitD. experienceA. completelyB. consusinglyC. constantlyD. increasinglyA. impossibleB. possibleC. potentialD. manageableA. imagineB. interpretC. weighD. measureA. valueB. evaluateC. ensureD. convinceA. after allB. as a resultC. in other wordsD. in additionA. launchB. campaignC. strikeD. functionA. versionB. patternC. exampleD. modelA. fewB. manyC. littleD. muchA. providedB. protectedC. sharedD. improvedA. favorsB. dislikesC. opposesD. concernsA. unlikelyB. likelyC. unbelievableD. questionableA. loweredB. createdC. resolvedD. removed四、阅读理解5、【来源】 2016年上海静安区高三一模第42~45题Some plants get so hungry that they eat flies, spiders, and even small frogs. What's more amazing is that these plants occur naturally (in special environments) in every state. In fact, they're found on every continent except Antarctica.You've probably seen a Venus' flytrap. It's often sold in museum gift stores, department stores, and even supermarkets. A small plant, it grows 6 to 8 inches tall in a container. At the end of its stalks (莲)are specially modified leaves that act like traps. Inside each trap is a lining of tiny trigger (触发)hairs. When an insect lands on them, the trap suddenly shuts. Over the course of a week or so, the plant feeds on its catch.The Venus' flytrap is just one of more than 500 species of meat—eating plants, says Barry Meyers—Rice, the editor of the International Carnivorous (食肉的)Plant Society's Newsletter. Note: Despite any science—fiction stories you might have read, no meat—eating plant does any danger to humans.Dr. Meyers—Rice says a plant is meat—eating, only if it does all four of the following: attract, kill, digest, and absorb" some form of insects, including flies, butterflies, and moths. Meat—eating plants look and act like other green plants—well, most of the time.All green plants make sugar through a process called photosynthesis (光合作用). Plants use the sugar to make food. What makes "meat—eating" plants different is their bug—catching leaves. They need insects for one reason: nitrogen (氮). Nitrogen is a nutrient that they can't obtain any other way. While almost all green plants on our planet get nitrogen from the soil, "meat—eating" plants can't. They live in places where nutrients are hard or almost impossible to get from the soil because of its acidity. So they've come to rely on getting nitrogen from insects and small animals. In fact, nutrient—rich soil is poisonous to "meat—eating" plants. Never fertilize them! But don't worry, either, if they never seem to catch any insects. They can survive, but they'll grow very slowly.(1) According to the passage, carnivorous plants.A. only grow in wild fieldB. are rare to seeC. are as common as fliesD. cannot grow on Antarctica(2) Venus' flytrap preys on insects by.A. its numerous long and thin stalksB. a container where it growsC. its insect-catching leavesD. the lining of tiny trigger hairs(3) We can conclude from the third paragraph that.A. carnivorous plants are dangerousB. carnivorous plants are fictionalC. carnivorous plants occasionally eat booksD. carnivorous plants are harmless to humans(4) In the eyes of the author, which of the following statements is TRUE?A. Carnivorous plants cannot grow in acid soil.B. Carnivorous plants can grow in nutrient-poor soil.C. Carnivorous plants will die if they cannot catch any insects.D. Carnivorous plants can get nitrogen from nutrient-rich soil.6、【来源】 2016年上海静安区高三一模第46~48题"Asia's Challenge 2020" Essay Prize DESCRIPTIONWhat is the most important challenge facing Asia over the next decade? Why? What should be done about it? The best answer in 3, 000 words or less will win a prize of $2, 500. Two runners—up will be awarded prizes of $1, 000 each. These three prize winners will be invited to Singapore for an expenses—paid awards ceremony. The winning articles will be posted on Time. com.PURPOSEThe main purpose of the essay prize is to generate fresh ideas for tackling key challenges to Asia's continued competitiveness and development, as well as encourage young professionals to make an impact on public policy and business in Asia.SELECTION CRITERIAThe essay will be judged according to creativity, innovation, rigor of research and writing, as well as achievability of idea. It can be focused on one or more areas relevant to Asia, such as macro—economics, business, international relations, trade and investment, education, healthcare, urban development, science and technology, and energy and the environment. The essay must be written in English. It should not have been previously published in English in a publication with broad international circulation. CANDIDATE REQUIREMENTSThe candidate authoring the essay must be under 32 years of age as of December 31, 2010. The candidate must be an Asian national.SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS**********************************************************************.combyAugust31, 2010. Prize winners will be announced in September 2010.The submission should contain the candidate's full name, nationality, and month and year of birth. The essay should include a title and word count.(1) What is the main purpose of the essay prize?A. To select young professionals of both ability and imagination.B. To predict the prospects of Asia in the next decade.C. To issue the challenges facing Asia.D. To inspire brilliant ideas for solving problems in Asia.(2) Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?A. The winners of the essay prize can travel to Singapore for free.B. Articles published in local newspapers will not be accepted.C. Young people from Russia or Australia are excluded from the essay prize.D. The candidate's article can deal with several aspects of developments in Asia.(3) The candidate's article should be sent.A. by air mailB. by e-mailC. by surface mailD. by express mail7、【来源】 2016年上海静安区高三一模第49~53题According to Nielsen, the average number of mobile phone calls we make is dropping every year, after hitting a peak in 2007. And our calls are getting shorter: In 2005 they averaged three minutes in length; now they're almost half that.We are moving, in other words, toward a fascinating cultural transition: the death of the telephone call. This shift is particularly plain among the young. Some college students I know go days without talking into their smartphones at all.This generation doesn't make phone calls, because everyone is in constant, lightweight contact in so many other ways: texting, chatting, and social-network messaging. And we don't just have more options than we used to. We have better ones: These new forms of communication have exposed the fact that the voice call is badly designed. It deserves to die. Consider: If I suddenly decide I want to dial you up, I have no way of knowing whether you're busy, and you have no idea why I'm calling.We have to open Schrodinger's box every time, having a conversation to figure out whether it's OK to have a conversation. Plus, voice calls are emotionally high-bandwidth, which is why it's so weirdly exhausting to be interrupted by one. (We apparently find voicemail even more torturous: Studies show that more than a fifth of all voice messages are never listened to.)The telephone, in other words, doesn't provide any information about status, so we are constantly interrupting one another. The other tools at our disposal are more polite. Instant messaging lets us detectwhether our friends are busy without our annoying them, and texting lets us ping one another but not at the same time. (Plus, we can spend more time thinking about what we want to say.) Despite the hue and cry about becoming an "always on" society, we're actually moving away from the demand that everyone should be available immediately.We'll still make fewer phone calls, as most of our former phone time will migrate to other media. But the calls we do make will be longer, reserved for the sort of deep discussion that the medium does best.As video chatting becomes more common, enabled by the new iPhone and other devices, we might see the growth of persistent telepresence, leaving video-chat open all day so we can speak to a spouse or colleague spontaneously. Or, to put it another way, we'll call less but talk more.(1) The writer of the text thinks that what is happening with mobile phone callsis.A. an unexpected occurrenceB. a strange but very predictable factC. an interesting social phenomenonD. negative for social interaction(2) In paragraph 3, the writer's attitude towards phone voice calls is.A. doubtfulB. concernedC. positiveD. negative(3) The phrase "hue and cry" in paragraph 5 means.A. appealB. protestC. claimD. argument(4) What does the writer think will happen to voice calls in the future?A. They will only be used in emergencies.B. They will continue to get more expensive.C. They will only be used between family members.D. They will be used mainly for intimate and detailed discussions.(5) What is the best title of the passage?A. Video ChattingB. Talking into SmartphonesC. The Death of the Phone CallD. Mobile Phone Calls五、任务型阅读8、【来源】 2016年上海静安区高三一模第54~57题Next week, as millions of families gather for their Thanksgiving feasts, many other Americans will go without. According to the United States Department of Agriculture, more than 12 million households lack enough food for everyone in their family at some time during the year—including holidays.Hunger is surprisingly widespread in our country—one of the world's wealthiest—yet the government estimates that we waste almost 100 billion pounds of food each year, more than one—quarter of our total supply.Reducing this improper distribution of resources is a goal of America's Second Harvest, the nation's largest domestic hunger—relief organization. Last year, it distributed nearly 2 billion pounds of food to more than 23 million people in need.America's Second Harvest is a network of 214 inter—connected food banks and other organizations that gather food from growers, processors, grocery stores and restaurants. In turn, the network distributes food to some 50,000 soup kitchens,homeless shelters and old people's centers in every county of every state.A great deal of work is involved in distributing tons of food from thousands of donors to thousands of small, nonprofit organizations. Until a few years ago, America's Second Harvest lacked any effective way to manage their inventory (存货). Without accurate and timely information, soup kitchens were sometimes empty while food was left to spoil in loading places.In 2000, America's Second Harvest began to use a new inventory and financial—management system—Ceres. It is software designed specifically for hunger—relief operations. It is used by more than 100 America's Second Harvest organizations to track food from donation to distribution.Ceres has helped reduce the spoiling of food and improve distribution. An evaluation found that the software streamlined(提高效率) food banks' operations by 23 percent in the first year alone.With more accurate and timely reports, Ceres saves time, frees staff members to focus on finding new donors, and promises more efficient use of donations.Hunger in America remains a troubling social problem. Technology alone cannot solve it. But in the hands of organizations such as America's Second Harvest, it is a powerful tool that is helping to make a difference—and helping more Americans to join in the feast.(Note: Answer the questions or complete the statements in NO MORE THAN TEN WORDS.)(1) What is the total supply of food in America every year according to the passage?(2) By "this improper distribution of resources"in Paragraph 3, the writer means that many Americans food while others food.(3) What problem was America's Second Harvest faced with in distributing food before Ceres was created?(4) Thankstoprovided by Ceres, more staff are freed to be committed to finding new donors and America's Second Harvest is able to give out food more efficiently.六、翻译9、【来源】 2016年上海静安区高三一模第58~62题翻译(1) 有可能防止金融危机将来再次发生吗?(possible)(2) 除非采取紧急措施,否则我们的计划将泡汤。
2017静安高三英语一模听力文本
2017静安高三英语一模听力文本第一节(共5小题;每小题1.5分,共7.5分)听下面5段对话。
每段对话后有一道小题,从每题所给的A,B,C三个选项中选出最佳选项。
听完每段对话后,你将有10秒中的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题,每段对话你将听一遍。
1. Where is the man from?A. Atlanta.B. New York.C. Washington2. How much is the man's telephone bill?A. $50.B. $24.C. $30.3. What does the woman want to watch?A. News.B. "Animal World".C. Movie.4. Which apartment is the woman interested in?A. The one-bedroom apartment.B. The two-bedroom apartment.C. The three-bedroom apartment.5. What is the woman doing?A. Giving advice.B. Asking the way.C. Making a request.第二节(共15小题;每小题1.5分,共22.5分)听下面6段对话或独白,每段对话或独白后有几道小题,从每题所给的A. B. C.三个选项中选出最佳选项。
听每段对话或独白前,你将有5秒钟的时间阅读每小题。
听完后,每小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。
每段对话或独白你将听两边。
听第6段材料,回答第7至7题。
6. Why is the woman late?A. She missed the bus.B. She couldn't start her car.C. She couldn't find the key.7. Where are the two speakers?A. At a garage.B. At a bus stop.C. At a restaurant.听第7段材料,回答第8至9题。
上海市静安区2016届高三英语上学期期末教学质量检测试题
静安区2015学年第一学期高三年级教学质量检测英语试卷考生注意:1. 考试时间120分钟,试卷满分150分。
2. 本考试设试卷和答题纸两部分。
试卷分为第I卷(第1-13页)和第II卷(第13-14页),全卷共14页。
所有答题必须涂(选择题)或写(非选择题)在答题纸上,做在试卷上一律不得分。
3. 答题前,务必在答题纸上填写准考证号和姓名。
第I卷(共103分)I.Listening ComprehensionSection ADirections: In Section A, you will hear ten short conversations between two speakers. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. The conversations and thequestionswillbespokenonlyonce.Afteryouhearaconversationandthequestionaboutit, read the four possible answers on your paper, and decide which one is the best answer to the question you have heard.1. A. Teacher. B. Repairman. C. Shop assistant. D. Doctor.2. A. At home. B. At school. C. In the hospital. D. On the street.3. A. His new job is too difficult for him.B. He is used to his new job.C. He is still trying to get used to his new job.D. He doesn’t like his new job.4. A. 15 dollars. B. 14 dollars. C. 10 dollars. D. 12 dollars.5. A. She is surprised at her mum’s coming back so soon.B. She thinks that she is too slow.C. She wants the man to be quick.D. She will go out herself.6. A. She used to be in poor health. B. She was popular among boys.C. She was somewhat overweight.D. She didn’t do well at high school.7. A. At the airport. B. In a restaurant.C. In a booking office.D. At the hotel reception.8. A. Teaching her son by herself.B. Having confidence in her son.C. Asking the teacher for extra help.D. Telling her son not to worry.9. A. Have a short break. B. Take two weeks off.C. Continue her work outdoors.D. Go on vacation with the man.10. A. He is taking care of his twin brother.B. He has been feeling ill all week.C. He is worried about Rod.D. He has been in perfect condition.Section BDirections: In Section B, you will hear two short passages, and you will be asked three questions on each of the passages. The passages will be read twice, but the questions will be spoken only once. When you hear a question, read the four possible answers on your paper and decide which one would be the best answer to the question you have heard.Questions 11 through 13 are based on the following passage.11. A. Lawyer. B. Computer programmer.C. Blogger.D. Firefighter.12. A. 21% of all the employers. B. 1% of American teenagers.C. 79% of all the employers.D. 1% of American adults.13. A. With many bloggers, America is sure to win her reputation in the world.B. Washington is the city which has most bloggers in America.C. There are fewer employees of newspapers than a few years ago.D. The topics of blogging cover almost every area of people’s daily life.Questions 14 through 16 are based on the following news.14. A. In the Town Hall. B. In a community.C. In somebody’s house.D. In a stadium.15. A. The equal job, the equal pay.B. The best way of cooking and cleaning.C. The women’s liberation movement.D. Women’s ability to be good leaders.16. A. Women’s responsibility of child raising.B. Women’s ability to do anything important.C. Not only concrete issues but also attitude and beliefs.D. How to take jobs and help others.Section CDirections: In Section C, you will hear two longer conversations. The conversations will be read twice. After you hear each conversation, you are required to fill in the numbered blanks with the information you have heard. Write your answers on your answer sheet.Blanks 17 through 20 are based on the following conversation.Complete the form. Write ONE WORD for each answer.Blanks 21 through 24 are based on the following conversation.Complete the form. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.II.Grammar and vocabularySection ADirections: After reading the passages below, fill in the blanks to make the passages coherent and grammatically correct. For the blanks with a given word, fill in each blank with the proper form of the given word; for the other blanks, use one word that best fits each blank.( A )Exploration of the PolesThe North Pole and South Pole are at the top and bottom of the Earth, (25)_______________you won’t find an actual pole to mark the place. The poles are the northernmost and southernmost points on the planet. The poles are the most unfriendly environments on Earth.In the early 1900s, explorers competed to become the first (26)_______________ ( reach ) the South Pole. From 1901 to 1904, British naval officer Robert Scott made the first attempt. Scott got (27)_______________ ( far ) south than anyone had been before, but he failed to reach the pole.In 1909, Ernest Shackleton of Britain led an expedition across Antarctica on sleds pulled by dogs. They were only about 100 miles (about 160 kilometers) from the South Pole (28)_______________ a shortage of food forced them to turn back.Scott finally reached the South Pole in January 1912. But (29)_______________ ( disappoint ) Scott found that Roald Amundsen had beaten him by one month. Amundsen’s expedition arrived at the pole in December 1911. Amundsen was (30)_______________ experienced Arctic explorer, and he had made careful preparations. Scott and his companions died of injury, cold, and hunger on their return from the pole.In 1914, Shackleton (31)_______________ ( plan ) another expedition to the South Pole. But his ship was crushed by ice, and he had to cross 800 miles (1,300 kilometers) of freezing sea in a tiny boat to survive. Shackleton then returned to save his strandedmen. It was one of the greatest rescue feats in history.In 1929, Arctic explorer Richard Byrd became the first person who flew over the South Pole. Byrd later pioneered the idea of(32)_______________ ( set )up permanent stations for scientific research in Antarctica. A station called the Amundsen-Scott Base has stood at the South Pole since 1977.( B )Teaching in front of a cameraWageningen University is keen on developing forms of education that reach people all over the world. The basics of the course topics are covered in short films and three-minute to seven-minute presentations (33)_______________ ( use ) techniques such as animationand voiceover( 画外音 ).The onli ne Master’s programmes are quite different from the large-scale MOOCs (在线课程 ), explains Busstra. In the Master’s courses, the short “knowledge clips” ( 短片 ) dealing with the essential topics(34)_______________ ( link ) to an assignment directly to help the students actively absorbthe knowledge themselves. Teachers can also use them to test (35)_______________ the material has come across well. Busstra says: “ The teacher has to think up new ways of working---getting students to make a film clip, for instance,(36)_______________ _______________ they present a research setup they have thought up themselves, or to respond to someone else’s idea, or to work on a document in groups.” The students also get the chance to post a question while they are watching an online film---equivalent of putting your hand up during a lecture. Fellow students and teachers can then answer the question online. “ There are a lot of misunderstandings about online education, ” says Busstra, “ one of them being (37)_______________ there is only one way communication. (38)_______________people are gradually gaining confidence in it. It will stay typically Wageningen: small-scale and based on interaction and group work.”The investment (39)_______________ online learning is paying off in the regular education programme too, according to Busstra. Students in Wageningen can pick up the basics at home through the knowledge clips. During lectures, teachers(40)_______________ then provide more in-depth analysis, talk about their own work and s upervise students more personally. “Increasingly, on-campus and online education will no longer be two separate worlds,” expects Busstra.Section BDirections: Complete the following passage by using the words in the box. Each word can onlybe used once. Note thatthere is one word more thanyou need.We are familiar with pop culture, but what is peep culture? In pop culture, we turn on the TV and watch our favouritecelebrities __41__ us with their performances. In peep culture, we turn on the comput er, we move through people’s lives on reality TV, blogs, Face book and You Tube. Instead of getting our entertainment from scripted performances, we get our entertainment from peeping into other people’s lives. It can be friends and family. But it’s just l ikely to be people we have never met from around the world.Suddenly, we spend all of our time __42__ other people. And we also invite them to watch us! People __43__ themselves to get attention and to feel like they are part of a community. In peep culture, ordinary people are turned into celebrities.This has never happened before, turning the spotlight on __44__regular people. There aren’t secrets anymore. The notion of private life has changed.As society has become __45__ fast-paced, most of us are really unaware of these changes in our lives. We are moving into a time when our __46__ personality is going to be more important than our actual physical __47__. What we have online is going to be more important than what we do offline. We are now socially judged by our virtual profiles.In the age of “ peep culture, ” a tell-all, show-all, know-all digital phenomenon is __48__ changing notions of privacy, individuality, security, and even humanity. Susan Boyle became a(n) __49__ celebrity because of peep culture. The entire world was staring at her after her __50__from a resident of a small Scottish town to a global celebrity. We like the story because she’s like a movie,but she’s real.III.Reading ComprehensionSection ADirections: For each blank in the following passage there are four words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.New research offers fresh insight on when to launch a product or service, and shows that being first to market isn’t always a competitive advantage.In 2004, David Cohen had an idea for a social network for mobile phones that would connect users in the real world. His company, called iContact, launched a beta version ( 测试版 ), and seemed ready to tap the muchpublicized mobile software market. Cohen, then 36, had already founded a successful software company. __51__, after 18 months, he was unable to get phone carriersto distribute his software, and he closed the company.Bets on mobile applications didn’t begin to __52__ until Apple’s iPhone app storeopened the market in 2008.Conventional __53__ says being first to market creates a competitive advantage. Reality is more complicated. Market opportunities are __54__ opening and closing, and a hit idea at one point co uld be a failure a year earlier or a yawning “ me too ” business a year later. It’s tough---likely __55__ ---to identify the best moment to enter a market, but common sense dictates new entrepreneurs ( 创业人 ) can improve their odds ( 机会 ) if they __56__ how much they bearto gain or lose by waiting.New academic research suggests one way entrepreneurs can __57__whether they should enter a market first or wait on the sidelines. The decision depends on how hostile ( 不利的 ) the learning environment is; __58__, how much entrepreneurs can learn by observing other players before they __59__, compared to what they learn from participating after they enter, according to Moren Levesque, an entrepreneurship researcher at the University of Waterloo. Levesque, along with professors Maria Minniti of Southern Methodist University and Dean Shepherd of Indiana University, used a mathematical __60__ to weigh the risks and benefits of entering the market early. Their research is among the first to explore “ how different learnin g environments may influence the entry behavior of entrepreneurs.”The key tothe academics’ findings on timing is this: In a hostile learning environment, entrepreneurs gain relatively __61__ benefit by watching others. For example, if the relevant knowle dge is __62__intellectual property, studying the market before entering wouldn’t yield much advantage. In these situations, the trade-off ( 权衡利弊 ) __63__ entering early. But in less hostile learning environments, where entrepreneurs gain valuable information __64__to increase their success just by watching other companies, companies benefit from waiting and learning lessons from earlier players. IContact’s successors, for example, may have learned from watching the company’s trouble in getting mobile networ ks to distribute their software, a barrier that was __65__ by the iPhone’s app store.51. A. Otherwise B. Moreover C.However D. Therefore52. A. pay in B. pay back C. pay for D. pay off53. A. custom B. wisdom C. habit D. experience54. A. completely B. confusingly C. constantly D. increasingly55. A. impossible B. possible C. potential D. manageable56. A. imagine B. interpret C. weigh D. measure57. A. value B. evaluate C. ensure D. convince58. A. after all B. as a result C.in other words D.in addition59. A. launch B. campaign C. strike D. function60. A. version B. pattern C. example D. model61. A. few B. many C. little D. much62. A. provided B. protected C. shared D. improved63. A. favors B. dislikes C. opposes D. concerns64. A. unlikely B. likely C. unbelievable D. questionable65. A. lowered B. created C. resolved D. removedSection BDirections: Read the following three passages. Each passage is followed by several questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one that fits best according to the information given in the passage you have just read.( A )Some plants get so hungry that they eat flies, spiders, and even small frogs. What’s more amazing is that these plants occur naturally (in special environments) in every state. In fact, they’re found on every continent except Antarctica.You’ve probably seen a Venus’ flytrap. It’s often sold in museum gift stores, depa rtment stores, and even supermarkets. A small plant, it grows 6 to 8 inches tall in a container. At the end of its stalks (茎) are specially modified leaves that act like traps. Inside each trap is a lining of tiny trigger (触发) hairs. When an insect lands on them, the trap suddenly shuts. Over the course of a week or so, the plant feeds on its catch.The Venus’ flytrap is just one of more than 500 species of meat-eating plants, says Barry Meyers-Rice, the editor of the International Carnivorous ( 食肉的 ) Plant Society’s Newsletter. Note: Despite any science-fiction stories you might have read, no meat-eating plant does any danger to humans.Dr. Meyers-Rice says a plant is meat-eating, only if it does all four of the following: “attract, kill, digest, and absorb”some form of insects, including flies, butterflies, and moths. Meat-eating plants look and act like other green plants---well, most of the time.All green plants make sugar through a process called photosynthesis (光合作用). Plants use the sugar to make food. What makes “meat-eating” plants different is their bug-catching leaves. They need insects for one reason: nitrogen (氮). Nitrogen is a nutrient that they can’t obtain any other way. While almost all green plants on our planet get nitrogen from the soil,“ m eat-eating” plants can’t. They live in places where nutrients are hard or almost impossible to get from the soil because of its acidity. So they’ve come to rely on getting nitrogen from insects and small animals. In fact, nutrient-rich soil is poisonous to “meat-eating” plants. Never fertilize them! But don’t worry, either, if they never seem to catch any insects. They can survive, but they’ll grow very slowly.66. According to the passage, carnivorous plants ___________.A. only grow in wild fieldB. are rare to seeC. are as common as fliesD. cannot grow on Antarctica67. Venus’ flytrap preys on insects by ___________.A. its numerous long and thin stalksB. a container where it growsC. its insect-catching leavesD. the lining of tiny trigger hairs68. We can conclude from the third paragraph that ___________.A. carnivorous plants are dangerousB. carnivorous plants are fictionalC. carnivorous plants occasionally eat booksD. carnivorous plants are harmless to humans69. In the eyes of the author, which of the following statements is TRUE?A. Carnivorous plants cannot grow in acid soil.B. Carnivorous plants can grow in nutrient-poor soil.C. Carnivorous plants will die if they cannot catch any insects.D. Carnivorous plants can get nitrogen from nutrient-rich soil( B )“ Asia’s Challenge 2020 ” Essay PrizeDESCRIPTIONWhat is the most important challenge facing Asia over the next decade? Why? What should be done about it?The best answer in 3,000 words or less will win a prize of $2,500. Two runners-up will be awarded prizes of $1,000 each. These three prize winners will be invited to Singapore for an expenses-paid awards ceremony. The winning articles will be posted on Time. com.PURPOSEThe main purpose of the essay prize is to generate fresh ideas for tackling key challenges to Asia’s continued competitiveness and development, as well as encourage young professionals to make an impact on public policy and business in Asia.SELECTION CRITERIAThe essay will be judged according to creativity, innovation, rigor of research and writing, as well as achievability of idea. It can be focused on one or more areas relevant to Asia, such as macro-economics, business, international relations, trade and investment, education, healthcare, urban development, science and technology, and energy and the environment. The essay must be written in English. It should not have been previously published in English in a publication with broad international circulation.CANDIDATE REQUIREMENTSThe candidate authoring the essay must be under 32 years of age as of December 31, 2010. The candidate must be an Asian national.SUBMISSIONREQUIREMENTSThe essay should be submitted electronically to prize@ asiabusinesscouncil. Org. by August 31, 2010. Prize winners will be announced in September 2010.The submission should contain the candidate’s full name, nationality, and month and year of birth. The essay should include a title and word count.70. What is the main purpose of the essay prize?A. To select young professionals of both ability and imagination.B. To predict the prospects of Asia in the next decade.C. To issue the challenges facing Asia.D. To inspire brilliant ideas for solving problems in Asia.71. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?A. The winners of the essay prize can travel to Singapore for free.B. Articles published in local newspapers will not be accepted.C.Young people from Russia or Australia are excluded from the essay prize.D. The candidate’s article can deal with several aspects of developments in Asia.72. The candidate’s article should be sent ___________.A. by air mailB. by e-mailC. by surface mailD. by express mail( C )According to Nielsen, the average number of mobile phone calls we make is dropping every year, after hitting a peak in 2007. And our calls are getting shorter: In 2005 they averaged three minutes in length; now they’re almost half that.We are moving, in other words, toward a fascinating cultural transition: the death of the telephone call. This shift is particularlyplainamong the young. Some college students I know go days without talking into their smartphones at all.This generation doesn’t make phone calls, because every one is in constant, lightweight contact in so many other ways: texting, chatting, and social-network messaging. And we don’t just have more options than we used to. We have better ones: These new forms of communication have exposed the fact that the voice call is badly designed. It deserves to die. Consider: If I suddenly decide I want to dial you up, I have no way of knowing whether you’re busy, and you have no idea why I’m calling.We have to open Schrödinger’s box every time, having a conversation to fig ure out whether it’s OK to have a conversation. Plus, voice calls are emotionally high-bandwidth, which is why it’s so weirdly exhausting to be interrupted by one. ( We apparently find voicemail even more torturous: Studies show that more than a fifth of all voice messages are never listened to. ) The telephone, in other words, doesn’t provide any information about status, so we are constantly interrupting one another. The other tools at our disposal are more polite. Instant messaging lets us detect whether our friends are busy without our annoying them, and texting lets us ping one another but not at the same time. ( Plus, we can spend more time thinking about what we want to say. ) Despite the hue and cry about becoming an “ always on ” society, we’re actually moving away from the demand that everyone should be available immediately.We’ll still make fewer phone calls, as most of our former phone time will migrate to other media. But the calls we do make will be longer, reserved for the sort of deep discussion that the medium does best.As video chatting becomes more common, enabled by the new iPhone and other devices, we might see the growth of persistent telepresence, leaving video-chat open all day so we can speak to a spouse or colleague spontaneously. O r, to put it another way, we’ll call less but talk more.73. The writer of the text thinks that what is happening with mobile phone calls is ________.A. an unexpected occurrenceB. a strange but very predictable factC. an interesting social phenomenonD. negative for social interaction74. In paragraph 3, the writer’s attitude towards phone voice calls is __________.A. doubtfulB. concernedC. positiveD. negative75. The phrase “ hue and cry ” in paragraph 5 means __________.A. appealB. protestC. claimD. argument76. What does the writer think will happen to voice calls in the future?A. They will only be used in emergencies.B. They will continue to get more expensive.C. They will only be used between family members.D. They will be used mainly for intimate and detailed discussions.77. What is the best title of the passage?A. Video ChattingB. Talking into SmartphonesC. The Death of the Phone CallD. Mobile Phone callsSection CDirections: Read the passage carefully. Then answer the questions or complete the statements in the fewest possible words.Next week, as millions of families gather for their Thanksgiving feasts, many other Americans will go without. According to the United States Department of Agriculture, more than 12 million households lack enough food for everyone in their family at some time during the year---including holidays.Hunger is surprisingly widespread in our country---one of the world’s wealthiest---yet the government estimates that we waste almost 100 billion pounds of food each year, more than one-quarter of our total supply.Reducing this improper distribution of resources is a goal of America’s Second Harvest, the nation’s largest domestic hunger-relief organization. Last year, it distributed nearly 2 billion pounds of food to more than 23 million people in need.America’s Second Harvest is a network of 214 inter-connected food banks and other organizations that gather food from growers, processors, grocery stores and restaurants. In turn, the network distributes food to some 50,000 soup kitchens,homeless shelters and old people’s centers in every county of every state.A great deal of work is involved in distributing tons of food from thousands of donors to thousands of small, nonprofit o rganizations. Until a few years ago, America’s Second Harvest lacked any effective way to manage their inventory ( 存货 ). Without accurate and timely information, soup kitchens were sometimes empty while food was left to spoil in loading places.In 2000, Am erica’s Second Harvest began to use a new inventory and financial-management system---Ceres. It is software designed specifically for hunger-relief operations. It is used by more than 100 America’s Second Harvest organizations to track food from donation t o distribution.Ceres has helped reduce the spoiling of food and improve distribution. An evaluation found that the software streamlined( 提高效率 ) food banks’ operations by 23 percent in the first year alone.With more accurate and timely reports, Ceres saves time, frees staff members to focus on finding new donors, and promises more efficient use of donations.Hunger in America remains a troubling social problem. Technology alone cannot solve it. But in the hands of organizations such as America’s Second Har vest, it is a powerful tool that is helping to make a difference---and helping more Americans to join in the feast.(Note: Answer the questions or complete the statements in NO MORE THAN TEN WORDS.)78.What is the total supply of food in America every year according to the passage ?_____________________________________________________________.79.By “ this improper distribution of resources ” in Paragraph 3, the writer means that manyAmericans ____________________________food while others ____________________________ food.80.What problem was America’s Second Harvest faced with in distributing food before Ceres wascreated?_____________________________________________________________.81.Thanks to ____________________________________________________ provided by Ceres, morestaff are freed to be committed to finding new donors and America’s Second Harvest is able to give out food more efficiently.第II卷(共47分)I. TranslationDirections: Translate the following sentences into English, using the words given in the brackets.1.有可能防止金融危机将来再次发生吗? ( possible )2.除非采取紧急措施,否则我们的计划将泡汤。
上海市静安区2016届高三英语上学期期末教学质量检测试题
静安区 2015 学年第一学期高三年级教学质量检测英语试卷考生注意:1. 考试时间 120 分钟,试卷满分 150 分。
2. 本考试设试卷和答题纸两部分。
试卷分为第 I 卷(第 1-13 页)和第 II 卷(第 13-14 页),全卷共 14 页。
所有答题必须涂(选择题)或写(非选择题)在答题纸上,做在试卷上一律不得分。
3. 答题前,务必在答题纸上填写准考证号和姓名。
第I 卷(共103分)I. Listening Comprehension Section ADirections : In Section A, you will hear ten short conversations between two speakers. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. The conversations andthequestionswillbespokenonlyonce.Afteryouhearaconversationandthequestionaboutit, read the four possible answerson your paper, and decide which one is the best answer to the question you have heard.1. A. Teacher. B. Repairman.2. A. At home.B. At school.3. A. His new job is too difficult for him.B. He is used to his new job. CC. Shop assistant.D. Doctor.C. In the hospital.D. On the street.He is still trying to get used to his new job. C. 10 dollars.D. He doesn ' t like his new job. 4.A. 15 dollars.B. 14 dollars. 5. A. She is surprised at her mum B. Shethinks that she is too slow. C. She wants the man to be quick. D. She will go out herself.6. A. She used to be in poor health. C. Shewas somewhat overweight. 7. A. At the airport.C. In a booking office.8. A. Teaching her son by herself. B. Havingconfidence in her son. C. Asking the teacher for extra help. D. Telling her son not to worry. 9. A. Have a short break.C. Continue her work outdoors. 10. A. He is taking care of his twin brother.B. He has been feeling ill all week.C. He is worried about Rod.D. He has been in perfect condition.scomingD. 12 dollarsB. She was popular among boys. D. She didn ' t do well at high school. B. In a restaurant.D. At the hotel reception.B. Take two weeks off.D. Go on vacation with the man.Section B Directions:In Section B, you will hear two short passages, and you will be asked threeon each of the passages. The passages will be read twice, but the questi ons will be spoke n only on ce. When you hear a questi on, read the four possible an swers on your paper and decide which one would be the best an swer to the questi on you have heard.Questi ons 11 through 13 are based on the follow ing passage.B. Computer programmer. D. Firefighter.B. 1% of America n tee nagers.D. 1% of American adults.13. A. With many bloggers, America is sure to win her reputation in the world.B. Wash ington is the city which has most bloggers in America.C. There are fewer employees of n ewspapers tha n a few years ago.D. The topics of blogging cover almost every area of people ' s daily life.Questio ns 14 through 16 are based on the follow ing n ews. 14. A. In the Tow n Hall.B. In a commu nity.C. In somebody ' s house.D. In a stadium.15. A. The equal job, the equal pay.B. The best way of cook ing and clea ning.C. The wome n ' s liberati on moveme nt.D. Women s ability to be good leaders. 16. A. Women s responsibility of child raising.B. Women s ability to do anything importa ntC. Not only con crete issues but also attitude and beliefs.D. How to take jobs and help others. Section C Directions:In Secti on C, you will hear two Ion ger con versati ons. The con versati ons will beread twice. After you hear each conversation, you are required to fill in the numbered blanks with the in formati on you have heard. Write your an swers on your an swer sheet. Blanks 17 through 20 are based on the following conversation. Complete the form. Write ONE WORD each an swer.Blanks 21 through 24 are based on the following conversation.questi ons11. A. Lawyer.C. Blogger.12. A. 21% of all the employers.C. 79% of all the employers.II. Grammar and vocabularySection A Directions:After read ing the passages below, fill in the bla nks to make the passages cohere ntand grammatically correct. For the blanks with a given word, fill in each blank with the proper form of the give n word; for the other bla nks, use one word that best fits each bla nk.(A )Explorati on of the PolesThe North Pole and South Pole are at the top and bottom of the Earth, (25) ________________________ you won' t find an actual pole to mark the place. The poles are the northernmost and southernmost points on the pla net. The poles are the most unfrien dly environments on Earth.In the early 1900s, explorers competed to become the first (26) _____________ ( reach ) the South Pole. From 1901 to 1904, British naval officer Robert Scott made the first attempt. Scott got (27) ______________ ( far ) south tha n anyone had bee n before, but he failed to reach the pole.In 1909, Ern est Shacklet on of Brita in led an expediti on across An tarctica on sleds pulledby dogs. They were only about 100 miles (about 160 kilometers) from the South Pole (28) a shortage of food forced them to turn back.Scott fin ally reached the South Pole in Ja nuary 1912. But (29) ______________________ ( disappoi nt )Scott found that Roald Amun dse n had beate n him by one mon th. Amun dse n' s expediti on arrived atthe pole in December 1911. Amun dse n was (30) _____________ experie need Arctic explorer, andhe had made careful preparatio ns. Scott and his compa nions died of injury, cold, and hun ger on their return from the pole.In 1914, Shackleto n (31) _____________ ( plan ) ano ther expedition to the South Pole. But his ship was crushed by ice, and he had to cross 800 miles (1,300 kilometers) of freez ing seain a tiny boat to survive. Shacklet on the n retur ned to save his stra ndedme n. It was one of the greatest rescue feats in history.In 1929, Arctic explorer Richard Byrd became the first pers on who flew over the South Pole. Byrd later pioneered the idea of(32) ___________________ ( set )up permanent stations for scientific research in An tarctica. A stati on called the Amun dse n-Scott Base has stood at the South Pole since 1977.(B )Teach ing in front of a cameraWage ningen Un iversity is kee n on develop ing forms of educati on that reach people all over the world. The basics of the course topics are covered in short films and three-minute to seven-minute presentations(33) ______________ ( use ) techniques such as animationand voiceoverComplete the form. WriteNO MORE THAN THREE WORDS ch an swer.(画外音).The onli ne Master' s programmes are quite different from the large -scale MOOCS 在线课程), explains Busstra. In the Master' s courses, the short “knowledge clips ” (短片) dealing withthe essential topics(34) ______________ ( link ) to an assignment directly to help the studentsactively absorbthe knowledge themselves. Teachers can also use them to test (35) ________________________the material has come across well. Busstra says: “ The teacher has to think up new ways ofworking---gett ing stude nts to make a film clip, for instance,(36) ____________________________ they prese nt a research setup they have thought up themselves, or to resp ond to some one else ' s idea, or to work on a docume nt in groups. ” The stude nts also get the cha neeto post a question while they are watching an online film---equivalent of putting your hand up duri ng a lecture. Fellow stude nts and teachers can the n an swer the questio n on li ne. “ Thereare a lot of misunderstandings about online education, ” says Busstra, “ one of them being(37) _______________ there is only one way com muni cati on. (38) _________________ people are graduallygai ning con fide nee in it. It will stay typically Wage ningen: small-scale and based on in teractio nand group work. ”The in vestme nt (39) _____________ on li ne lear ning is pay ing off in the regular educati onprogramme too, according to Busstra. Students in Wageningen can pick up the basics at homethroughthe kno wledge clips. During lectures, teachers(40) _____________ the n provide more in-depthan alysis, talk about their own work and s upervise stude nts more pers on ally. “ In creas in gly,on- campus and on li ne educati on will no Ion ger be two separate worlds, ” expects Busstra.Section BDirections: Complete the followi ng passage by using the words in the box. Each word can onlybe used once. Note that there isTV and watch our favouritecelebrities __41__ us with their performa nces. In peep culture, weturn on the comput er, we move through people ' s lives on reality TV, blogs, Face book and YouTube. In stead of getti ng our en terta inment from scripted performa nces, we get our en terta inment from peeping into other people ' s lives. It can be friends and family. But it ' s just l ikelyto be people we have n ever met from around the world.Suddenly, we spend all of our time __42__ other people. And we also invite them to watch us! People __43__ themselves to get atte nti on and to feel like they are part of a com muni ty. In peep culture, ordinary people are turned into celebrities.This has never happened before, turning the spotlight on __44__regular people. There aren' t secrets anymore. The no ti on of private life has cha nged.As society has become __45__ fast-paced, most of us are really un aware of these cha nges in our lives. We are moving into a time whe n our __46__ pers on ality is going to be more importa nt than our actual physical __47__. What we have online is going to be more important than what we do offline. We are now socially judged by our virtual profiles.In the age of “ peep culture, ” a tell -all, show-all, know-all digital phenomenon is __48_ changing notions of privacy, individuality, security, and even humanity. Susan Boyle became a(n) _49_ celebrity because of peep culture.The en tire world was stari ng at her after her _50_from a resident of a small Scottish town to a global celebrity. Welike the story because she' s like a movie,but she ' s real.III. Reading ComprehensionSection ADirections: For each blank in the following passage there are four words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.New research offers fresh insight on when to launch a product or service, and shows that being first to marketisn ' t always a competitive advantage.In 2004, David Cohen had an idea for a social network for mobile phones that would connect users in the real world. His company, called iContact, launched a beta version (测试版), and seemed ready to tap the muchpublicized mobile software market. Cohen, then 36, had already founded a successful software company. __51__, after 18 months, he was unable to get phone carriersto distribute his software, and he closed the company.Bets on mobile applications didn ' t begin to __52__ until Apple ' s iPhone app storeopenedthe market in 2008.Conventional __53__ says being first to market creates a competitive advantage. Reality is more complicated. Market opportunities are __54__ opening and closing, and a hit idea at one point co uld be a failure a year earlier or a yawning “ me too ” business a year later. It ' s tough---likely __55__ ---to identify the best moment to enter a market, but commonsense dictates new entrepreneurs (创业人) can improve their odds (机会) if they __56__ how much they bearto gain or lose by waiting.New academic research suggests one way entrepreneurs can __57__whether they should entera market first or wait on the sidelines. The decision depends on how hostile (不利的) the learning environment is; __58__, how much entrepreneurs can learn by observing other players before they __59__, compared to what they learn from participating after they enter, according to Moren Levesque, an entrepreneurship researcher at the University of Waterloo. Levesque, along with professors Maria Minniti of Southern Methodist University and Dean Shepherd of Indiana University, used a mathematical __60__ to weigh the risks and benefits of entering the market early. Their research is among the first to explore “ how different learnin g environments may influence the entry behavior of entrepreneurs. ”The key tothe academics ' findings on timing is this: In a hostile learning environment, entrepreneurs gain relatively __61__ benefit by watching others. For example, if the relevant knowle dge is __62__intellectual property, studying the market before entering wouldn ' t yieldmuch advantage. In these situations, the trade-off (权衡利弊) __63__ entering early. But inless hostile learning environments, where entrepreneurs gain valuable information __64__toincrease their success just by watching other companies, companies benefit from waiting and learning lessons from earlier players. IContact ' s successors, forexample, may have learnedks to distribute their software,from watching the company ' s trouble in getting mobile networ a barrier that was __65__ by the iPhone ' s app store.51. A. Otherwise52. A. pay in53. A. custom54. A. completelyB. MoreoverB. pay backB. wisdomB. confusinglyC. HoweverC. pay forC. habitC. constantlyD. ThereforeD. pay offD. experienceD. increasingly55. A. impossible B. possibleC. potentialD. manageable 56.A. imagineB. interpretC. weighD. measure57. A. value B. evaluateC. ensureD.convince 58.A. after allB. as a resultC.in other wordsD.in addition59.A. launchB. campaignC .strikeD. function 60. A. version B. patternC. exampleD. model61. A.few B. many C . littl eD. much 62. A. provided B. protectedC.sharedD. improved 63. A.favors B. dislikes C . opposes D. concerns 64. A. unlikely B. likelyC.unbelievableD. questionable 65. A. lowered B. createdC .resolved D. removed Section BDirections: Read the following three passages. Each passage is followed by several questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one that fits best according to the information given in the passage you have just read.( A )Some plants get so hungry that they eat flies, spiders, and evensmall frogs. What 's moreamazing is that these plants occur naturally (in special environments ) in every state. In fact, they 're found on every continent except Antarctica.You 've probably seen a Venus ' flytrap. It 's often sold in museumgift stores, department stores, and even supermarkets. A small plant, it grows 6 to 8 inches tall in a container. At the end of its stalks ( 茎) are speciallymodified leaves that act like traps. Inside each trapis a lining of tiny trigger (触发 ) hairs. Whenan insect lands on them, the trap suddenly shuts. Over the course of a week or so, the plant feeds on its catch.The Venus ' flytrap is just one of more than 500 species of meat-eating plants, says BarryMeyers-Rice, the editor of the International Carnivorous ( 食肉的 ) Plant Society 's Newsletter. Note: Despite any science-fiction stories you might have read, no meat-eating plant does any danger to humans.Dr. Meyers-Rice says a plant is meat-eating, only if it does all four of the following: “attract, kill, digest, and absorb”some form of insects, including flies, butterflies, andmoths. Meat-eating plants look and act like other green plants---well, most of the time.All green plants make sugar through a process called photosynthesis (光合作用 ). Plants usethe sugar to make food. What makes “meat - eating ” plants different is their bug-catching leaves. They need insects for one reason: nitrogen (氮). Nitrogen is a nutrient that they can't obtainany other way. While almost all green plants on our planet get nitrogen from the soil, “ m eat- eating ” plants can 't. They live in places where nutrients are hard or almost impossible to get from the soil because of its acidity. So they 've come to rely on getting nitrogen from insects and small animals. In fact, nutrient-rich soil is poisonous to “meat- eating ” plants. Never fertilize them! But don 't worry, either, if they never seem to catch any insects. They can survive, but they'll grow very slowly.66. According to the passage, carnivorous plants _________67. Venus' flytrap preys on in sects by ____________ .A. its nu merous long and thin stalksB. a container where it growsC. its in sect-catch ing leavesD. the lining of tiny trigger hairs68.We can con clude from the third paragraph that __________ .A. carni vorous pla nts are dan gerousB. carnivorous plants are fictionalC. carni vorous pla nts occasi on ally eat booksD. carni vorous pla nts are harmless to huma ns 69.In the eyes of the author, which of the followi ng stateme nts is TRUEA. Carni vorous pla nts cannot grow in acid soil.B. Carni vorous pla nts can grow in nu trie nt-poor soil.C. Carni vorous pla nts will die if they cannot catch any in sects.D. Carnivorous plants can get nitrogen from nutrient-rich soil(B )“ Asia ' s Challenge 2020 ” Essay PrizeDESCRIPTIONWhat is the most importa nt challe nge facing Asia over the n ext decade? Why? What should be done about it? The best answer in 3,000 words or less will win a prize of $2,500. Two runners-up will be awarded prizes of $1,000 each. These three prize winners will be invited to Singapore for an expenses-paid awards ceremony. The winning articles will be posted on Time. com. PURPOSEThe main purpose of the essay prize is to gen erate fresh ideas for tackli ng key challe nges toAsia ' s continued competitiveness and development, as well as encourage young professionals to make an impact on public policy and bus in ess in Asia. SELECTION CRITERIAThe essay will be judged according to creativity, innovation, rigor of research and writing, as well as achievability of idea. It can be focused on one or more areas releva nt to Asia, such as macro-ec onomics, bus in ess, intern ati onal relati ons, trade and in vestme nt, educati on,healthcare, urba n developme nt, scie nee and tech no logy, and en ergy and the environment. The essay must be writtenin English. It should not have been previously published in English in apublication with broad international circulation. CANDIDATE REQUIREMENTSThe can didate authori ng the essay must be un der 32 years of age as of December 31,2010. The can didate must be an Asia n n ati on al.SUBMISSIONREQUIREMENTSThe essay should be submitted electr oni cally to prize@ asiabusin essco un cil. Org. by August 31, 2010. Prize winners will be announced in September 2010. The submissi on should contain the can didate' s full n ame, n ati on ality, and month and year ofbirth. The essay should include a title and word count. 70. What is the main purpose of the essay prize?A. To select young professionals of both ability and imagination.B. To predict the prospects of Asia in the next decade.C. To issue the challe nges facing Asia.A. only grow in wild field C. are as common as fliesB. are rare to seeD. cannot grow on AntarcticaD. To inspire brilliant ideas for solving problems in Asia.71. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?A. The winners of the essay prize can travel to Singapore for free.B. Articles published in local newspapers will not be accepted.C. Young people from Russia or Australia are excluded from the essay prize.D. The candidate 's article can deal with several aspects of developments in Asia.72. The candidate 's article should be sent ____________ .A. by air mailB. by e-mailC. by surface mailD. by express mail( C )According to Nielsen, the average number of mobile phone calls we make is dropping every year, after hitting a peak in 2007. And our calls are getting shorter: In 2005 they averaged three minutes in length; now they 're almost half that.We are moving, in other words, toward a fascinating cultural transition: the death of the telephone call. This shift is particularlyplainamong the young. Some college students I know go days without talking into their smartphones at all.This generation doesn 't make phone calls, because every one is in constant, lightweightcontact in so many other ways: texting, chatting, and social- network messaging. And we don 'tjust have more options than we used to. We have better ones: These new forms of communication have exposed the fact that the voice call is badly designed. It deserves to die. Consider: If I suddenly decide I want to dial you up, I have no way of knowing whether you 're busy, and youhave no idea why I 'm calling.We have to open Schr ?dinger 's box every time, having a conversation to fig ure out whetherit 's OK to have a conversation. Plus, voice calls are emotionally high -bandwidth, which is whyit 's so weirdly exhausting to be interrupted by one. ( We apparently find voicemail even more torturous: Studies show that more than a fifth of all voice messages are never listened to. )The telephone, in other words, doesn 't provide any information about status, so we areconstantly interrupting one another. The other tools at our disposal are more polite. Instant messaging lets us detect whether our friends are busy without our annoying them, and texting lets us ping one another but not at the same time. ( Plus, we can spend more time thinking aboutwhat we want to say. ) Despite the hue and cry about becoming an “ always on ” society, we 'reactually moving away from the demand that everyone should be available immediately.We'll still make fewer phone calls, as most of our former phone time will migrate to other media. But the calls we do make will be longer, reserved for the sort of deep discussion that the medium does best.As video chatting becomes more common, enabled by the new iPhone and other devices, we might see the growth of persistent telepresence, leaving video-chat open all day so we can speak to a spouse or colleague spontaneously. Or, to put it another way, we 'll call less but talk more.73. The writer of the text thinks that what is happening with mobile phone calls is _____ .A. an unexpected occurrenceB. a strange but very predictable factC. an interesting social phenomenonD. negative for social interaction74. In paragraph 3, the writer 's attitude towards phone voice calls is __________ .A. doubtfulB. concernedC. positiveD. negative75. The phrase “ hue and cry ” in paragraph 5 means _______________ .A. appealB. protestC. claimD. argume nt76. What does the writer think will happen to voice calls in the future?A. They will only be used in emerge ncies.B. They will continue to get more expensive.C. They will only be used between family members.D. They will be used mainly for in timate and detailed discussi ons.77. What is the best title of the passage?A. Video Chatt ingB. Talk ing into Smartph onesC. The Death of the Pho ne CallD. Mobile Pho ne callsSection CDirections: Read the passage carefully. Then an swer the questi ons or complete the stateme ntsin the fewest possible words.Next week, as millio ns of families gather for their Than ksgiv ing feasts, many other America ns will go without. According to the United States Department of Agriculture, more than 12 million households lack eno ugh food for every one in their family at some time duri ng the year---in cludi ng holidays.Hun ger is surpris in gly widespread in our coun try--- one of the world ' s wealthiest ---yet the government estimates that we waste almost 100 billion pounds of food each year, more than on e-quarter of our total supply.Reducing this improper distribution of resources is a goal of America ' s Second Harvest,the nation ' s largest domestic hunger -relief organization. Last year, it distributed nearly 2billion pounds of food to more than 23 million people in need.America' s Second Harvest is a n etwork of 214 in ter -conn ected food banks and other organizations that gather food from growers, processors, grocery stores and restaurants. In turn,the network distributes food to some 50,000 soup kitchens,homeless shelters and old people ' scen ters in every county of every state.A great deal of work is involved in distributing tons of food from thousands of donors to thousa nds of small, non profit o rgani zati ons. Un til a few years ago, America ' s Second Harvest lacked any effective way to man age their inven tory (存货).Without accurate and timely information, soup kitchens were sometimes empty while food was left to spoil in loading places.In 2000, Am erica ' s Second Harvest began to use a new inventory and financial -management system---Ceres. It is software desig ned specifically for hun ger-relief operati on s. It is used by more than 100 America' s Second Harvest organizations to track food from donation t odistributio n.Ceres has helped reduce the spoiling of food and improve distribution. An evaluation found that the software streamlined(提高效率) food banks ' operations by 23 percent in the firstyear alone.With more accurate and timely reports, Ceres saves time, frees staff members to focus on finding new donors, and promises more efficient use of donations.Hun ger in America remai ns a troubli ng social problem. Tech no logy alone cannot solve it. Butin the hands of organizations such as America ' s Second Har vest, it is a powerful tool that ishelpi ng to make a differenee---and helpi ng more America ns to join in the feast.(Note: An swer the questi ons or complete the stateme nts in78. What is the total supply of food in America every year according to the passage ?79. By “ this improper distribution of resources in P aragraph 3, the writer means that manyAmerica ns __________________________ food while others _______________________________ food.80. What problem was America ' s Second Harvest faced with in distributing food before Ceres was created?81. Thanks to _____________________________________________________ provided by Ceres, morestaff are freed to be committed to finding new donors and America ' s Second Harvest is able to give out food more efficie ntly.第II卷(共47分)I. Tran slati onDirections: Tran slate the follow ing sentences into En glish, using the words give n in the brackets.1. 有可能防止金融危机将来再次发生吗?( possible )2. 除非采取紧急措施,否则我们的计划将泡汤。
上海市各区20162017年高三英语一模汇编--摘要写作(summary_writing)--老师
One【2017届上海市虹口区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of thepassage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Are You Ready for Your Exam?the exam time again -- have you done the necessary work to get good marks?So, it’sSleeping with the textbook under the pillow (枕头) in the hope that knowledge will be magicallyabsorbed into your brain as you sleep doesn’t work. The best strategy is to space your practice out, rather than cram (死记硬背) it all together. It means hit the books early!In an article in the British newspaper The Guardian, Tom Stafford, a lecturer in psychologyze five hours of study into one hour aat the University of Sheffield, UK, advises: “If you organiday, you’ll remember more than if you study for five hours on one day.”Don’t rely on memory alone -- get pen and paper and start working. Students who can testthemselves in advance will be better at getting back material from their memory and learn thatmaterial in the long run. John Dunlosky, Professor of Psychology at Kent State University in theUS, suggests that “you start by reading a textbook using your favouritehighlighter (荧光笔) andfavourite colours, but then you go back and make flashcards of all the critical concepts and insteadof just rereading those, you basically try to test yourselves on them.”Good revision should give you confidence, but if you are still anxious, there’sno harm inindulging(放任) in a personal routine. In Japan, it seems to be a tradition for students to eatKatsudon before a test. This is a warm bowl of rice topped with egg and a deep-fried pork cutlet.The name of the dish reminds people of the word ‘katsu’, meaning ‘winning’.For some students in South Korea, the key to success is not washing their hair before sittingan exam because they believe they could wash all the knowledge out of their head. And indifferent parts of the world there are always those who swear by their ‘lucky underwear’The bottom line is that you need to study, sleep well on the eve of the test, eat a nutritiousmeal, drink plenty of water and believe that your efforts will pay off. Good luck in your exam!Keys:The best strategy to achieve good results in the exam is to study books early. According toexperts, time management and self-testing in advance will also do you good. Furthermore,habitual psychological hint is helpful, too. Meanwhile, other factors such as necessarypreparations, good sleep, nutritious diet and self-confidence can pay off your efforts as well. (56words)Two【2017届上海市黄浦区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of thepassage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Super Size MeFast food, otherwise known as junk food, is a huge passion for a large number of peopleacross the Western world. But what would happen if you ate lots of junk food, every day? Wouldit seriously damage your health? These were the questions which led Morgan Spurlock, anindependent film-maker, to do an experiment, which he made into a documentary film entitledSuper Size Me.The main basis of his experiment was that Spurlock promised to eat three McDonald’s mealsa day, every day, for a month. He could only eat food from McDonald’s and every time anemployee asked if he would like to “super size” the meal, he had to agree. “Super sizing the fact that with this type of meal you get a considerable larger portion of everything.Spurlock knew that by eating three McDonald’s meals a day, he would consume a lot of fatand a great deal of salt and sugar in each meal—much more than he needed. Although Spurlockknew he would put on a bit of weight, and that this diet was unhealthy, he wasn’t quite prepared for just how unhealthy it turned out to be. The changes in his body were horrifying in the firstweek, he put on 4.5 kilos and by the end of the thirty days he had gained nearly 14 kilos, bringinghis total weight to a massive 98kg.Spurlock says “I’d love people to walk out of the movie and say, ’Next time I’m no “super size”. Maybe I’m not going have any junk food at all. I’m going to sit down and eat din with my kids, with the TV off, so that we can eat healthy food, talk about what we’re eating a have a relationship with each other.’” Food for thought indeed.Keys:Spurlock made an experiment to test the damage of eating lots of junk food and made adocumentary film later. In the one-month experiment, Spurlock ate three super size McDonald’smeals every day if required, thus causing terrible increase in his weight. Spurlock hopes the filmcan help people establish a healthy eating habit. (56 words)Three【2017届上海市浦东新区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections:Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and main point(s) of thepassage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Food is life. We eat it to grow, stay healthy, and have the energy to do everyday activities.The food we consume makes all of these things possible, but not all food is created equal. Studieshave shown, for example, that children who eat a nutritious breakfast do better in school thanthose with a poor diet. The well-fed child is able to pay attention longer, remember more, andparticipate more actively in class. The findings, then, are clear. Because our food choices affectour health and behavior, we must do more than just eat; we must eat well. For many people today,though, making healthy food choices is not easy.We are surrounded by information telling us what’s good for us and what isn’t, but usua this information is more confusing than helpful. In fact, different research about the same foodoften produces contradictory results. In previous research on eggs, people were encouraged tolimit or completely eliminate eggs from their diets to prevent dangerous diseases. Recent studiessay eggs are good for you. It’s hard to know who to believe.Shopping for food can also be challenging. During a visit to a supermarket, we often need tomake many different choices. Should you buy this cereal or that one? Regular or fat-free’ milk?Tofu or chicken? It’s hard to know which to choose, especially when two items are very similar.Many shoppers read product labels to help them decide. Indeed, many food labels are oftenmisleading.Making healthy food choices and eating well do not have to be difficult. Doing simple thingscan result in a better diet and a healthier you. Urban gardening, which is becoming popular againis one such thing. On small pieces of land, neighbors are working together to grow fruit andvegetables. What are the benefits of these gardens? People have access to more fresh fruit andvegetables, especially poorer people who are less likely to spend money on these items. The foodalso cost less than it would in a supermarket. There are other benefits, too. Working together in thegarden helps people to exercise. Urban gardens have also been used to teach children about food production and healthy eating.Keys:not easy to make healthy ones.Food choices affect health and behavior.However, it’sBecause confusing/contradictory food information and misleading food labels are making shopping difficult/a challenge. Urban gardening is a good way to making healthy food choices. Urban gardening also have other benefits: getting fresh and cheap food, a way of exercise and learning food knowledge for children. (59 words)Four【2017届上海市长宁区嘉定区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of the passage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.The advantages of social networkingWhy do most people sign up to social networking sites? The main reason is to stay in touch with other people. These sites also help people to find their childhood friends that they have lost touch with. Renewing these long-lost friendships is just a click away. It is very exciting to be ableto catch up with friends and keep up with their news on am almost daily basis thanks to frequent updates.to friends and acquaintances(相识的Keep up-to-date,however,doesn’t have to be restricted人).What many people tend to forget is that they can also use networking sites for professional reasons. It is actually a great way of finding out about upcoming job opportunities. Friends might know about job vacancies that may not be advertised elsewhere or they can even recommend their friends for certain jobs. Even people already employed can promote their business online. This is particularly important for artists, actors and musicians who can create pages devoted to their bandor theatre company, and inform fans about their gigs(现场演唱会)or latest exhibitions. In addition, the sites can be used to allow the public to give instant feedback on the artiststo interact with their favourite artist.Another great advantage of social networking sites is how easy it is to organise an event with your friends. Thanks to different settings people can organise their friends by different criteria(标准). These criteria could be how close friends they are, common interests and hobbies or wherethey live. This means if a certain event takes place, for example, an open-air concert or a footballmatch, all they have to do is invite the right group of friends to attend. Some networking sitesoffer a range of quizzes and games, so friends living on opposite sides of the globe can invite eachother to participate and compete in a variety of games without leaving their homes.Keys:Social networking sites benefit people in several different ways. Not only do they allowpeople to keep in close touch with friends old or new ,but they provide potential job opportunitiesand encourage online business promotion plus interaction.Moreover, they facilitate theorganization of various events, connecting people with similar hobbies or preferencesglobally.(54words)Five【2017届上海市徐汇区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of thepassage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Are we born with a preference for certain kinds of faces? Or is it just something that peoplelearn, without realizing it? To find out, psychologist Judith Langlois and her team at theUniversity of Texas in Austin worked with young children and babies.The researchers showed each baby photos of two faces. One face was more attractive than theother. The scientists then recorded how long the infants looked at each face.Babies spent longer viewing the attractive faces than the unattractive ones. That meant theypreferred the pretty faces. These findings suggest that people prefer pretty faces very early in life.still possible that we learn that preference. After all, Schein, who worked withHowever, it’sJudith, points out, “By the time we test infants, they already have experience with faces.That experience can make a difference. Research conducted at the University of Delawarebrains are better at processing faces from their own race. So infants quicklyfound that babies’ come to prefer these faces, Schein says.-known in psychology that familiar things are more attractive, says Coren Apicella.It’s wellShe is a psychologist at the University of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia. “Perhaps average famore attractive because they seem more familiar.”Indeed, her research backs this up. Apicella and Little worked with two groups of youngadults: British and Hadza. The Hadza are hunter-gatherers in Tanzania, a nation in East Africa.Apicella chose them for her experiment because they had not been exposed to Western culture andstandards of beauty.She showed people from both groups two images and asked which was more attractive. Oneimage was an average of five British faces or five Hadza faces. The other was an average of 20British faces or 20 Hadza faces. People of both cultures preferred the face that was more average—that is, compiled from 20 faces instead of five. The British participants found both Hadza andBritish faces beautiful. The Hadza, in contrast, preferred only Hadza faces.“The Hadza have little experience with European faces and probably do not know what anaverage European face looks like,” Apicella concludes. “If they don't know what it looks like, how can they prefer it?”e Her findings show how biology and the environment work together to shape our values. “preference for average itself is biologically based,” Apicella says. But people must first experience other faces to learn what an average face should look like.Keys:Babies’ preference to attractive faces indicates people begin to prefer pretty faces at an earlyage. Researches show average faces are more attractive because they are more familiar to people.Meanwhile, people’s experience with faces matters a lot. The more people experience with certainfaces, the more preference they will have to the average of these faces. (60 words)Six【2017届上海市闵行区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of thepassage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Most people feel lonely sometimes, but it usually only lasts between a few minutes and a fewhours. This kind of loneliness is not serious. In fact, it is quite normal. For some people, though,loneliness can last for years. Now researchers say there are three different types of loneliness,namely, temporary loneliness, situational loneliness, and chronic(长期的) loneliness.The first kind of loneliness is temporary. This is the most common type. It usually disappears quickly and does not require any special attention. The second kind, situational loneliness, is a natural result of a particular situation - for example a family problem, the death of a loved one, or moving to a new place. Although this kind of loneliness can cause physical problems, such as headaches and sleeplessness, it usually does not last for more than a year. The third kind of loneliness is the most severe. Unlike the second type, chronic loneliness usually lasts more thantwo years and has no specific cause. People who experience habitual loneliness have problems in socializing and becoming close to others. Unfortunately, many chronically lonely people think there is little or nothing they can do to improve their condition.Psychologists agree that one important factor in loneliness is a pe rson’s social contacts, e.g. friends, family members, co-workers, etc. We depend on various people for different reasons. For instance, our families give us emotional support, our parents share similar interests and activities. However, psychologists have found that, though lonely people may have many social contacts, they sometimes feel they should have more. They question their own popularity.Keys:There are three types of Loneliness.Temporary loneliness disappears quickly and can be neglected. Situational loneliness is caused by the change of circumstance, which may lead to problems. Chronic Loneliness lasts the longest and is harmful. The victims often feel hopeless. Loneliness is usually caused when people need more social contacts than they have. (53 words)Seven【2017届上海市奉贤区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of the passage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Around the world, music therapy is being used to treat different medical conditions and illnesses. Some of the ways people use music therapy are to reduce pain, such as in childbirth or during cancer treatments, or to stimulate brain activity alter an injury or money loss. Music therapy has also been successful in aiding children to overcome disabilities. Children can movetheir bodies with the music and stamp along to the beat.Why is music a useful therapy? Music is soothing and relaxing, but it also stimulates ourbrains. Emotionally and physically, we respond to the sounds of music. But the complexity of music provokes (激发)the biggest response. Thus, classical music is most typically used for therapies due to complex sounds and patterns. Playing a musical instrument rather than simply listening to music can also be therapeutic for some people, helping relieve stress and anxiety.Music has been shown to reduce pain in cancer patients by increasing the release endorphin, and when we listen to music, our brains (内啡肽). Endorphins are the body’s natural painkillersrespond by releasing these natural painkillers. It has also been known to contribute to the brain development of the babies who have just been born and even babies still in the mother’swomb. Certain types of music have also been found to lower blood pressure and slow a person's heart rate. Al present, music therapy is used in a variety of settings such as hospitals, nursing homes, day cares and schools.Although music therapy is not yet considered a mainstream treatment, it is recognized more and more as a useful addition to traditional treatment. So next time you are feeling low or stressed out, put on some relaxing music and let the music heal you.Keys:Music therapy is a useful way to treat illness. Because our brain can be stimulated by responding to music, different kinds of music have different effects. The principle of music therapy is to increase the release of endorphins to produce effects to help treatment. Although music therapy is not used widely, it is regarded as an effective additional to treatment. (60 words) Eight【2017届上海市静安区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of the passage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Airline seats have been one-size-fits-all since the beginning. Today, those 16.5 to 18-inch wide seats are anything but.According to the World Health Organization (WHO), obesity(肥胖症)has more than doubled since 1980. In 2014, more than 1.9 billion adults were overweight, and over 600 million were obese.The unchanged seat size and increase of obese passengers highlight the conflict betweenairlines’ needs and basic passenger rights.Last month, lawyer Giorgio Destro,an Italian lawyer, sued Emirates, claiming his flight wasdisrupted by an obese passenger seated next to him. According to reports, Destro was not able to comfortably sit in his assigned seat, and spent much of the nine-hour flight standing or sitting increw seats, because a 400-pound passenger took up half of his seat.Many airlines have responded to the growing obesity by insisting passengers of size buy twoseats to ensure safety and comfort. Samoa Air, for example, is charging by weight (which hasdiscriminatory (歧视的), become known as a “fat tax”). At first glance, the fat tax issue soundsbut some argue that this is purely down to numbers. A kilo is a kilo. It has nothing to do with thecondition of the weight.The heavier a plane is, the more fuel it burns through.In other words, the argument is whether it is fair that a 150-pound person is charged for their50-pound bag, when a 300-pound person with a carry-on isn’t charged anything extra.However, Peggy Howell of NAAFA argues that obesity is an illness, and that obese peopleshould be entitled to having certain rights protected.“We question the legality of the discriminatory policy and whether it violates the Air CarrierAccess Act governing the treatment of passengers with disabilities,” she says. “The American Medical Association (AMA) recently declared obesity a disease, which should make fat passengers a protected class.”Howell points out that the Canadian Transportation Agency (CTA) addressed this issue inruling covering passengers with disabilities. Those 2009, and issued a ‘one-person, one-fare’ passengers include ones who are ‘clinically obese’ and who cannot fit into a single seat. Keys:With the increasing obesity, airline one-size-fits-all seats can’t satisfy the needs of obese passengers. To solve the conflict between airlines’ needs and passenger rights, many airlines ask overweight passengers t o pay more to fly, because a heavier plane burns more fuel. However, objectors think the disabled, including fat passengers, should be protected instead of being charged more. (60 words)Nine【2017届上海市崇明区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of the passage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Gene Therapy“We used to think that our fate was in our stars, but now we know that, in large measure, oursaid James Watson. Watson is a molecular(分子的) biologist and fate is in our genes,” co-discoverer of DNA structure. Why? Scientists are seeing that gene therapy is revolutionizingthe treatment of disease.In gene therapy, healthy genes are introduced into defective (有缺陷的) cells to prevent or cure disease. While much of the research is in the beginning stages, some successes point to the real benefit of the therapy. In Italy, doctors have recently treated one genetic disease with gene therapy. This disease most often begins to destroy the brain when children are between 1 and 2, stopping them from walking and talking. By inserting normal, healthy genetic material into a virus and then infecting the patients, scientists seem to be able to cure the disease. Although the children given the therapy still need follow-up treatments, they now lead a relatively normal life.Gene therapy has also been used to help older patients. These people suffer from a disease that causes slow movement and uncontrollable shaking because part of the brain dies. Those treated with gene therapy showed a 23.1 percent improvement when tested six months later.Gene therapy appears to be a more positive alternative to surgery or medicine and is an exciting new approach that is just making the news. Researchers hope that in the coming years, every genetic disease will have gene therapy as its treatment. But more research is needed to assure its safety.Keys:Gene therapy, which prevents or cures disease by inserting healthy genes into defective cells rather than by means of surgery or medicine, is changing the treatment of disease revolutionarily. Though in the initial phases, gene therapy has been successful in treating both children and older patients with genetic disease. However, more research is called for to ensure its security. (59 words)Ten【2017届上海市普陀区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of thepassage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Teaching Is “One of the Least Popular Jobs in the UK”The UK government has just published a report on the future of secondary school teaching, andthe conclusion of the report is that many secondary schools now face great difficulties in findingpeople who want to be teachers. Since the 1980s, the number of graduates who would “seriously64% in 1982 to just 17% today. The report consider” teaching as a career has fallen sharply, fromsuggests that urgent action needs to be taken in order to encourage more intelligent young graduatesinto teaching.The main drawback(缺点)of secondary teaching, according to the report, is the low salary. Earnings in teaching are much lower than in many other jobs. Joanne Manners, 24, is a good example: “I graduated in maths last year, and I was thinking of doing a teacher-training course to become a maths teacher---but I saw I could earn twice as much if I worked in marketing or advertising, so I decided not to become a teacher.”It's not just about the money, however. The survey concluded that another reason why peopledon’t want to be teachers is that some teenagers behave very badly in school. A lot of schools have problems with discipline, and it seems clear that children do not have the same respect for teachersLondon: “I think parents are toas in the past. Here’s the view of Dave Hallam, an accountant fromblame. They should have stricter rules with their children at home and also teach their children tohave more respect for teachers.”The report is clear that the problem of teacher shortage is a very serious one. It says that the government should raise teachers’ pay significantly, to catch up with workers in other professions. It also indicates that the government could launch a nationwide publicity campaign, with some advertisements on TV and in the newspapers, to show the positive sides of teaching to young people.Keys:Secondary schools in UK experienced difficulties recruiting young teachers. The reasons arelow salary and kid’s bad behavior, which push talents to business occupations with twice income. Therefore, poorly behaved students need to obey stricter rules and parents need to discipline themat home. Also, government should increase teachers’ income and promote a teaching campaign todisplay teaching’s bright side. (60 words)/It is reported that many secondary schools in UK have trouble enrolling young teachers dueto the low salary and the bad behavior of the youth in school. To change the situation, parentsshould be strict with the kids to back teachers up and the government are encouraged to improveteachers’ income and publicize the positive image of teaching. (59 words)Eleven【2017届上海市金山区高三英语一模试题】IV. Summary WritingDirections: Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main point(s) of thepassage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.painful? This might be called Do you find getting up in the morning so difficult that it’slaziness, but Dr. Kleitman has a new explanation. He has proved that everyone has a daily energycycle.During the hours when you labor through your work you may say that you’re “hot”. That’s true. The time of day when you feel most energetic is when your cycle of body temperature is atits peak. For some people the peak comes during the forenoon. For others it comes in theafternoon or evening. No one has discovered why this is so, but it leads to such familiarmonologues (自言自语) as: “Get u p, John! You’ll b e late for work again!” The possibleexplanation to the trouble is that John is at his temperature-and-energy peak in the evening. Muchfamily quarrelling ends when husbands and wives realize what these energy cycles mean, andwhich cycle each member of the family has.You can’t change your energy cycle, but you can learn to make your life fit it better. Habitcan help, Dr. Kleitman belie ves. Maybe you’re sleepy in the evening but feel you must stay up lateanyway. Counteract(对抗)your cycle to some extent by habitually staying up later than you wantto. If our energy is low in the morning but you have an important job to do early in the day, riseyou’ll get up steam (鼓起干劲) andbefore your usual hour. This won’t change your cycle, butwork better at your low point.Get off to a slow start which saves your energy. Get up with a leisurely yawn and stretch. Siton the edge of the bed a minute before putting your feet on the floor. Avoid the troublesomesearch for clean clothes by laying them out the night before. Whenever possible, do routine workin the afternoon and save tasks requiring more energy or concentration for your sharper hours.。
- 1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性,平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
- 2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
- 3、如文档侵犯您的权益,请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间:9:00-18:30)。
静安区2016学年第一学期教学质量检测高三年级英语试卷2016.12考生注意:1. 考试时间120分钟,试卷满分140分。
2. 本考试设试卷和答题纸两部分。
试卷分为第I卷和第II卷,全卷共12页。
所有答题必须涂(选择题)或写(非选择题)在答题纸上,做在试卷上一律不得分。
3. 答题前,务必在答题纸上填写准考证号和姓名。
I. Listening ComprehensionSection ADirections:In Section A, you will hear ten short conversations between two speakers. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. The conversations and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a conversation and the question about it, read the four possible answers on your paper, and decide which one is the best answer to the question you have heard.1.A. In a library B. In a bookstore C. In a hospital D. In a laboratory2. A. A clerk B. A banker C. An operator D. A salesman3. A.5:00 B. 5:15 C. 5:30 D. 5:454. A. She lost her way. B. She lost her keys.C. She lost her car.D. She lost her handbag.5. A. The woman would understand if she did Mary‟s job.B. The woman should do the typing for Mary.C. The woman should work as hard as Mary.D. The woman isn‟t a skillful typist.6. A. He gets nervous very easily. B. He hasn‟t prepared his speech well.C. He is an awful speaker.D. He is an inexperienced speaker.7. A. The apple pie tastes very nice. B. His mother likes the apple pie very much.C. The apple pie can‟t match his brother‟s.D. His mother can‟t make apple pies.8. A. She is not very interested in the article.B. She has given the man much trouble.C. She would like to have a copy of the article.D. She doesn‟t want to take the trouble to read the article.9. A. He is not very enthusiastic about his English lessons.B. He has made great progress in his English.C. He is a student of the music department.D. He is not very interested in English songs.10. A. The man went to a wrong check-in counter.B. The man has missed the flight.C. The plane will leave at 9:14.D. The plane‟s departure time remains unknown.Section BDirections:In section B,you will hear two short passages and one longer conversation, and you will be asked several questions on each of the passages and longer conversation.The passages and the longer conversation will be read twice,but the questions will be spoken only once.When you hear a question,read the four possible answers on your paper and decide which one would be the best answer to the question you have heard.Question 11 through 13 are based on the following passage.11. A. A basket. B. An egg. C. A cup. D. An oven.12. A. To let in the sunshine. B. To serve as its door.C. To keep the nest cool.D. For the bird to lay eggs.13. A. Some are built underground. B. Some use pears as their nests.C. Most are sewed with grasses. C. Most are dried by the sun.Questions 14 through 16 are based on the following passage.14.A. South Africa. B. Asia. C. Europe. D. South America.15. A. It‟s a trade that is driven by customer appetites.B. The latest trick seems to be promoting business.C. You can hardly resist the temptation when seeing the pictures of food.D. People have no idea in buying things.16. A. Young people. B. Foreigners. C. Local people. D. Old people. Question 17 through 20 are based on the following conversation.17. A. It is nice. B. It is safe and reliable.C. It is totally silent.D. It is noisy.18. A. They are available on the last Saturday of the month.B. They could work at night this month.C. They have to be paid overtime if working this month.D. They could work at weekends at normal pay.19.A. The engineer. B. The mechanic.C. The repairman.D. The electrician.20. A. They charge a fixed fee for this service.B. They provide free maintenance for 24 hours.C. They provide free maintenance for a year.D. They provide automatic maintenance service.II. Grammar and vocabularySection ADirections:After reading the passage below, fill in the blanks to make the passage coherent and grammatically correct. For the blanks with a given word, fill in each blank with the proper from of the given word; for the other blanks, use one word that best fits each blank.iPhone 7 being investigated after surfer claims it set his car on fire Apple is investigating a report from an Australian man who claimed his iPhone 7 caught fire and destroyed his car, the company said on Friday.Surfer Mat Jones told Channel 7 News that he (21) __________ (go) into water off a New South Wales beach and left his new iPhone 7,brought last week, (22) __________ (wrap) in a pair of trousers in his car on the beach.He said that (23) __________ he returned from the water he saw smoke rising from the car.“As I looked into my car,I could not see inside the car, like all the windows were just black.”A video footage(影像) taken from another phone showed the front seats, dashboard and stick melted and charred, and Jones said that he felt “pr etty much like a big heat wave just came out of the car”.Eventually the surfer was able to remove (24)__________ was left of his clothes. “Ash was just coming from inside the pants. Once the pants were unwrapped, the phone was just meltinginside.”Jones said that he had not dropped the phone or physically damaged it,(25)__________ happened to a Sydney man who fell off his bike and suffered burns from an iPhone. He also said that he had not used (26)__________ non-Apple charging device.A spokeswoman for A pple said the company was investigating the complaint.“We‟re in touch with the customer and we‟re looking into it,” she said.Lithium-ion (锂离子) batteries (27)__________ burst into flames because of physical damage or overhearing.Apple‟s (28)__________ (big) smartphone computer,Samsung, has begun an international recall of 2.5m Galaxy Note 7 devices after more than 100 devices started smoking,sparking or caught fire -- in some cases(29)__________ (cause)fire damage and injury.Several other companies, including Hewlett Packard, Tesla and the makers of so-called “hoverboards”,have also experienced problems (30)________ their lithium-ion batteries,though the vast majority work without problems.Section BDirections:Complete the following passage by using the words in the box. Each word can only be used once.Note that there is one word more than you need.A. encourageB. commonC. uncivilizedD. immigrantsE. illegalF. proposedG. panicH. consumptionI. freedom J. extraordinary K. fineIn late February, a mainland tourist caused a disturbance on a Hong Kong subway. Thereason? Eating in public.In Hong Kong it is 31.__________ to eat on the subway, and when the touristwas scolded by a Hong Kong local, the situation escalated(升级)into a verbal slinging match.In New York City, eating on the subway is also controversial. No law bans the practice, buta Democratic state senator(参议员) introduced one last week. The32.__________ law would baneating on the subway system and 33.__________ first time violators $250 (1,579 yuan), according to the New York Times. Proponents of the bill argue that eating on the subway attracts rats. Otherssay the broader target should be litterbugs, rather than those who carefully sip their coffee andeat their bread on the way to work. They also argue that "street food" is an important part ofNew York's culture and history. Banning its34.__________ in public areas such as the subway wouldhave negative effects.Street food, and eating in public places is a deep-rooted cultural practice in cities as diverseas New York, Beijing and Paris. While35__________, it has been traditionally thought of as thebehavior of the lower classes. Eating in public was (and in some places, still is) associated with36__________, poorer people.In the 19th century, eating in public was seen as a threat to morality andpublic health. Putnam's(a popular magazine at the time) stated: "Eating in public may cause acertain 37.__________ofmanner and disinterest in little ladies and gentlemen. It was something peoplein the Victorian era did not want to 38.__________. A recent New York Times article drew a link betweenthis moral 39.__________ about street food and concern over the growing populations of Irish, German,Italian and Jewish40.__________ who ran food carts in the 1800s.Whether you love eating street food, or have to eat your breakfast on the run, it's best tobeconsiderate when enjoying a bite in public.III.Reading ComprehensionSection ADirections:For each blank in the following passage there are four words or Phrases marked A, B,C and D.Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.The two most common organizational patterns of the family are the nuclear family and theextended family. To a large extent, these patterns 41.________ a society's primary subsistence (存在)strategy.American social scientists have generally agreed that families everywhere fulfill fourcrucial social42.________ : (a) reproduction of new members, (b) child care, (c) socialization ofchildren to values, traditions, and norms of the society, and (d) intimacy and support formembers. Although we can define the family 43.________ its functions, the emphasis given to each ofthem varies widely both geographically and 44.________. For example, in nineteenth-centuryAmerica, people married mainly to have children. Today, emotional support among familymembers has now become the dominant function of the family, and the family has become aneconomic unit for consumption rather than for 45.________.In recent years, social scientists have discovered important 46.________in family types, such asthe single-parent family and the nuclear family fixed within a network of kin(亲戚).Americanfamilies also47.________ according to social class. A couple's social class affects the number ofchildren they will decide to have, if any, and also the likelihood of 48.________to the family becauseofillness, death, or divorce. Social class also influences the amount of stress a marriage is likelyto undergo and the way parents raise their children. 49.________,the extent to which Americanfamilies now differ by 50.________appears to be much less than it was fifty years ago.The American family has been 51.________ in a number of ways over the past few decades.Many people are marrying later, having children later, and having fewer children or none at all.These social changes have 52.________ diverse household patterns, including single-personhouseholds and childless couples. Role changes are also occurring as both partners pursue 53.________ and share family responsibilities.Many innovative family arrangements are attempts to enhance the commitment of marriagewhile increasing individual freedom and fulfillment. In this way, families are54________ such broadsocial trends as delayed marriage, greater participation of women in the job market, and a risingrate of divorce. Undoubtedly, the American family will continue to be subjected to suchpressures, but how55.________ will these future adaptations be?41. A. reflect B. change C. confirm D. replace42. A. performances B. activities C. relations D. functions43. A. with regard to B. in terms of C.in combination with D. for the purpose of44. A. racially B. financially C. historically D. spiritually45. A. inhabitation B. competition C. connection D. production46. A. variations B. units C. arrangements D. characteristics47. A. develop B. extend C. differ D. evolve48. A. contribution B. destruction C. combination D. application49. A. Therefore B. Also C. Contrarily D. However50. A. family size B. work pressure C. economic status D. social class51. A. expanding B. divided C. valued D. changing52. A. focus on B. resulted in C. appealed to D. called for53. A. trends B. study C. careers D. goals54. A. adapting to B. dealing with C. worrying about D. getting rid of55. A. sociable B. available C. extensive D. naturalSection BDirections: Read the following three passages. Each passage is followed by questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one that fits best according to the information given in the passage you have just read.(A)The Hawthorne experiment was conducted in the late 1920s and early 1930s. The management of Western Electric's Hawthorne plant, located near Chicago, wanted to find out if environmental factors, such as lighting, could affect workers' productivity and morale. A team of social scientists experimented with a small group of employees who were set apart from their coworkers. The environmental conditions of this group's work area were controlled, and the subjects themselves were closely observed. To the great surprise of the researchers, the productivity of these workers increased in response to any change in their environmental conditions. The rate of work increased even when the changes (such as a sharp decrease in the level of light in the workplace) seemed unlikely to have such an effect.It was concluded that the presence of the observers had caused the workers in the experimental group to feel special. As a result, the employees came to know and trust one another, and they developed a strong belief in the importance of their job. The researchers believed that this, not the changes in the work environment, accounted for the increased productivity.A later reanalysis of the study data challenged the Hawthorne conclusions on the grounds that the changes in patterns of human relations, considered so important by the original researchers, were never measured. However, even if the original conclusions must be revised, they nonetheless raise a problem for social scientists: Research subjects who know they are being studied can change their behavior. Throughout the social sciences, this phenomenon hascome to be called the Hawthorne effect.56. The author implies that a sharp decrease in light increased workers' output because_______________.A. the workers experienced less eyestrain in a dark working placeB. the workers had to pay more attention to what they were doingC. the workers knew they were being observed, and this motivated themD. the workers in the experiment were paid more than other workers57. The pattern of organization of the second paragraph is________A. list of itemsB. time orderC. definition and exampleD. cause and effect58. The Hawthorne experiment suggests that___________A. workers' attitudes are more important than their environmentB. social scientists are good workersC. productivity in electric plants tends to be lowD. even those who were not in the experiment improved their productivity59. The author's main purpose is________________A. to explain the Hawthorne effectB. to prove the importance of researchC. to amuse with a surprising experimentD. to suggest ideas for future research(B)Join IMDb and Become a Founding Supporter of the Academy Museumof Museum ofMotionPicturesThe Academy of Motion Pictures Arts & Sciences is building the world‟s leading movie museum in the heart of Los Angeles. The Academy Museum of Motion Pictures, scheduled to open in 2017, will contain six stories of state-of-the-art galleries, exhibition spaces, movie theaters and educational areas. Through groundbreaking exhibitions and innovative programming, the Museum will explore how Hollywood and the film industry have shaped culture and creativity around the world. Designed by Renzo Piano, the Academy Museum will be located next to the Los Angeles. County Museum of Art ( LACMA ) campus in the landmarked Wilshire May Company Building.To help ensure this long-held dream of the Academy becomes a reality, the Academy has launched a $300 million fund-raising campaign, led by Bob Iger, Annette Bening and Tom Hanks.We hope you can join IMDb and the Academy Museum's community of early supporters by making a gift to the campaign today. Or, sign up for the Academy Museum mailing list to hear about upcoming museum events and developments.Donate NowHelp make movie history and join in elite group of supporters, including IMDb, by making your contribution today.To see a full list.of the Academy Museum founding supporters, click here. If you would like to make a donation or leam more about naming opportunities, please contact Christine Joyce Rodriguez, Manager of Annual Giving, at Christine.Rodriguez@ or 310 247 3040.60.The Academy Museum of Motion Pictures is located________.A. in the downtown area of Los AngelesB. in the suburb of the city of Los AngelesC. in the Los Angeles County Museum of ArtD. in the centre of Wilshire May Company61.The Academy Museum of Motion Pictures will focus on____________.A. the exhibition of film equipmentB. the impact of film industry on world cultureC. the popularity of Hollywood movie cultureD. the achievements of American galleries and theatres62. The passage is intended to ______________.A. promote the Academy Museum and make movie historyB. arouse people's interest in the Academy MuseumC. raise enough money for the Academy MuseumD. help realize the Academy Museum founding supporters' dreams(C)To live in the United States today is to gain an appreciation for Dahrendorf‟s declaration that social change exists everywhere. Technology, the application of knowledge for practical ends, is a major source of social change.Yet we would do well to remind ourselves that technology is a human creation; it does not exist naturally. A spear or a robot is as much a cultural as a physical object. Until humans use a spear to hunt game or a robot to produce machine parts, neither is much more than a solid mass of matter. For a bird looking for an object on which to rest, a spear or robot serves the purpose equally well. The explosion of the Challenger space shuttle and the Russian nuclear accident at Chernobyl drive home the human quality of technology; they provide cases in which well-planned systems suddenly went haywire and there was no ready hand to set them right. Since technology is a human creation, we are responsible for what is done with it. Pessimists worry that we will use out technology eventually to blow our world and ourselves to pieces. But they have been saying this for decades, and so far we have managed to survive and even flourish. Whether we will continue to do so in the years ahead remains uncertain. Clearly, the impact of technology on our livesdeserves a closer examination.Few technological developments have had a greater impact on our lives than the computer revolution. Scientists and engineers have designed specialized machines that can do the tasks that once only people could do. There are those who assert that the switch to an information-based economy is in the same camp as other great historical milestones, particularly the Industrial Revolution. Yet when we ask why the Industrial Revolution was a revolution, we find that it was not the machines. The primary reason why it was revolutionary is that it led to great social change. It gave rise to mass production and, through mass production, to a society in which wealth was not confined to the few.In somewhat similar fashion, computers promise to revolutionize the structure of American life, particularly as they free the human mind and open new possibilities in knowledge and communication. The Industrial Revolution supplemented and replaced the muscles of humans and animals by mechanical methods. The computer extends this development to supplement and replace some aspects of the mind of human beings by electronic methods. It is the capacity of the computer for solving problems and making decisions that represents its greatest potential and that poses the greatest difficulties in predicting the impact on society.63. Why does the author give the examples of the Challenger and Chernobyl?A. To show that technology could be used to destroy our world.B. To stress the author's concern about the safety of complex technology.C. To prove that technology usually goes wrong, if not controlled by man.D. To demonstrate that being a human creation, technology is likely to make an error.64. What does the phrase "went haywire" in paragraph 2 most probably mean?A. were out of rangeB. went out of dateC. fell out of useD. got out of control65.According to the author, the introduction of the computer is a revolution mainlybecause___________.A.the computer has revolutionized the workings of the human mindB.the computer can do the tasks that could only be done by people beforeC.it has helped to switch to an information technologyD.it has a great potential impact on society66. In the passage, the author clearly shows his_____________.A. keen insight into the nature of technologyB. sharp criticism of the role of the Industrial RevolutionC. thorough analysis of the replacement of the human mind by computersD. comprehensive description of the negative consequences of technologySection CDirections:Read the passage carefully. Fill in each blank with a proper sentence given in the box. Each sentence can be used only once. Note that there are two more sentences than you need.How to Keep Your Digital Memorials Safe?Do you value your digital stuff? Nearly everyone is creating things with computers, and some do it without any concern for its value. Others recognize its current value, but think little about what it could mean to them in the future, and either aren't aware or don't think that all of it could be destroyed tomorrow. But hard drives die all the time, and the online services into which people sink their time close with alarming regularity, taking the work of millions of people withit._________67____________.Steps1.Prepare to make a quick backup. If nothing else, get a cheap USB stickanddrag-and-drop your documents folder onto it. Worry about the other thingslater.You should do more than this, but it's most important to take the mostvaluable,irreplaceable information from your hard drive and put it on a second medium to guardagainst hard drive failure, theft or loss.2.Decide what you value. Some questions to ask yourself are:How replaceable is thisdata?How good are you at assessing the value of items? _______68__________. For things likebusiness accounts and documents, the answer is of course you would. This kind of thingshould be your first priority.3.Start making backups.__________69__________Diminishing returns(效益递减) apply in backups as they do with everything else. The cheapest and simplest backup methods take care of an overwhelming majority of likely loss-of-stuff. Over-complicating your backup strategy is the biggest trap: the more complicated and expensive you insist on making it, the less likely you are to do it.4.____________70______________If one of your backup drives fails, replace it immediately. Remember that all storage devices eventually become obsolete (陈旧的). If you have valuable files on obsolete media, those files become increasingly difficult to access with every passing year. So in order to keep your files accessible, remember to migrate your collection to new storage media periodically.IV Summary WritingDirection:Read the following passage. Summarize the main idea and the main file of thepassage in no more than 60 words. Use your own words as far as possible.Airline seats have been one-size-fits-all since the beginning. Today, those 16.5 to 18-inch wide seats are anything but.According to the World Health Organization (WHO), obesity(肥胖症) has more than doubled since 1980. In 2014, more than l.9 billion adults were overweight, and over 600 million were obese.The unchanged seat size and increase of obese passengers highlight the conflict between airlines' needs and basic passenger rights.Last month, lawyer Giorgio Destro, an Italian lawyer, sued Emirates, claiming his flight was disturbed by an obese passenger seated next to him. According to reports, Destro was not able to comfortably sit in his assigned seat, and spent much of the nine-hour flight standing or sitting in crew seats, because a 400-pound passenger took up half of his seat.Many airlines have responded to the growing obesity by insisting passengers of size buy two seats to ensure safety and comfort. Samoa Air, for example, is charging by weight (which has become known as a "fat tax"). At first glance, the fat tax issue sounds discriminatory (歧视的, but some argue that this is purely down to numbers. A kilo is a kilo. It has nothing to do, with the condition of the weight.The heavier a plane is, the more fuel it burns through.In other words, the argument is whether it is fair that a 150-pound person is charged for their 50-pound bag, when a 300-pound person with a carry-on isn‟t charged anything extra.However, Peggy Howell of NAAFA argues that obesity is an illness, and that obese people should be entitled to having certain rights protected.“We question the legality of the discriminatory policy and whether it violates the Air Carrier Access Act governing the treatment of passengers with disabilities,” she says. “The American Medical Association (AMA) recently declared obesity a disease, which should make fat passengers a protected class.”Howell points out that the Canadian Transportation Agency (CTA) addressed this issue in 2009, and is sued a …one-person, one-fare‟ ruling covering passengers with disabilities. Those passengers include ones who are …clinically obese‟ and who cannot fit into a single seat.V.TranslationDirection: Translate the following sentences into English ,using the words given in the brackets.72. 互联网经济在为中国的国内外贸易提供新的机遇。